DIN Handbook 456-1

MATERIALS
DIN Handbook 456/1
Copper 1
Basic standards
Testing standards
Copyright © 2015. Beuth Verlag. All rights reserved.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
<>
Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211.
Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:12:59.
Edited by: DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V.
© 2015 Beuth Verlag GmbH

Berlin · Wien · Zürich
Am DIN-Platz
Burggrafenstr. 6
10787 Berlin
Germany
Phone: +49 30 2601-0

Fax: +49 30 2601-1260
Website: www.beuth.de
E-mail: kundenservice@beuth.de
1st edition in English

Complete to February 2015
All rights reserved. Without written permission from the publisher, no part
of this book may be used for purposes not permitted by German copyright
law, including duplication, translation, microform reproduction and electronic
storage and processing.
The contents of this work have been checked carefully by the authors and
publisher, but no responsibility can be taken for their accuracy. The pub-
lisher accepts liability solely for damage caused by its own intent or gross
negligence.
© Copyright for DIN Standards held by DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung
e. V., Berlin.
ISBN 978-3-410-25354-9
ISBN (E-Book) 978-3-410-25355-6
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Foreword
For at least 10,000 years, copper and its alloys have been contributing to societal and
industrial development. Copper is one of the first metals used by humans, who quickly
discovered its versatility and wide range of applications. Malleable, ductile, corrosion-
resistant, antimicrobial, and an excellent conductor of heat and electricity, copper is pre-
sent wherever industrial machinery and equipment is found.
With this in mind, we have compiled the most important current standards relating
to copper and copper alloys into the first edition of the three-part English language
DIN Handbook “Copper” series.
The present volume, DIN Handbook 456/1, contains 17 essential basic and testing stan-
dards (DIN EN) for copper and copper alloys, as well as product standards covering
refined copper, master alloys and scrap. One prestandard, DIN CEN/TS 13388
(DIN SPEC 9700), is also included in this volume. This technical specification provides
a summary of material designations, compositions and the product forms in which they
are available, for coppers and copper alloys standardized in European Standards. Many
users may also find the National Annex useful, as it includes the comparison of current
materials symbols as in European Standards to those found in the withdrawn DIN Stan-
dards.
For ease of reference and to provide the user with an overview of the contents of Volu-
mes 2 and 3 of the Handbook series, lists of the standards included in DIN Hand-
books 456/2 and 456/3 are also included.
The standards included in DIN Handbook 456/1 represent the current state of standardi-
zation as of February 2015.
Berlin, February 2015 DIN Translation Services

7541014/10787806875Biblio
About this handbook
How do I use this handbook?
With this compilation you not only have all the essential standards on a particular subject
in one volume, you have also saved considerably on the cost of purchasing each standard
individually, for the full text of each standard is reproduced in A5 format. Many DIN
Handbooks are also available as eBooks – see inside cover for more information.
Although DIN Handbooks represent the state of technology at the time of their publication,
the current edition of each standard is authoritative. To find out if a new edition of a
standard has been published go to the Beuth webshop at www.beuth.de.
The use of any standard is voluntary, unless it has been referred to in a private contract
or agreement, or in a law or regulation. Reference to standards in legislation can prevent
legal disputes because they set out unambiguous specifications.
Which DIN Standards are available in English?

Although most DIN Standards are published in German (some are issued as bilingual
editions, a few in English only), over 18,000 DIN Standards are available in English
translation, including DIN EN Standards, DIN ISO Standards, and DIN EN ISO Standards.
In addition to printed translations of DIN Standards, Beuth also sells unrevised manuscript
translations in English, French, Spanish and other languages.
DIN Handbooks in English are available on a variety of subjects, such as mechanical
engineering, fasteners and steel. These standards compilations are particularly attractive
for small and medium-size enterprises.
To find out which standards are available in English or any other language go to Beuth’s
webshop at www.beuth.de. DIN Translation Services (DIN-Sprachendienst) answers
questions about current translation projects and activities at
Phone: +49 30 2601-2331
sprachendienst@beuth.de
All DIN Standards are protected by copyright within the meaning of the German Copyright
Law. DIN reserves the right to translate DIN Standards into other languages. Permission
for the reproduction or translation of DIN Standards must be requested from DIN’s Legal
Department. For more information on copyright issues and regarding translations, visit
our webshop at www.beuth.de or contact sprachendienst@beuth.de.
What are DIN Standards?

DIN, the German Institute for Standardization, develops standards and specifications as
a service to industry, the state and society as a whole. By agreement with the German
Federal Government DIN is the acknowledged national standards body that represents
German interests in European and international standards organizations.
DIN Standards are technical standards representing the state of technology as determined
in a consensus-based process organized by DIN, and lay down general and/or detailed
requirements for products, procedures and services.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN Standards can be either national standards, or adoptions of European and/or

International standards. Their origin – and thus their area of application – is indicated
using one of the abbreviations shown below:
DIN (plus number, e.g. DIN 4701)
This is a national standard that has been developed at national level only and is primarily
of interest nationally. It may also be a precursor to a document intended to be published
internationally. The number for a draft national standard is preceded by an “E” (for
“Entwurf”) while that for a prestandard is preceded by a “V” (for “Vornorm”).
National standards with electrotechnical relevance are indicated as “DIN VDE” standards
(e.g. DIN VDE 0100).
DIN EN (plus number, e.g. DIN EN 71)

This is a European Standard that has been adopted, unchanged, at national level and
which has been developed by one of the European standards organizations: CEN,
CENELEC or ETSI. As a member of CEN/CENELEC, DIN is obliged to adopt all European
Standards and to withdraw any national standards that might conflict with them.
DIN EN ISO (plus number, e.g. DIN EN ISO 306)

This is a European Standard that is identical to an International Standard (i.e. it was
developed by ISO and then adopted by CEN) and has been adopted, unchanged, at
national level. As a member of CEN/CENELEC, DIN is obliged to adopt all European
Standards and to withdraw any national standards that might conflict with them.
DIN ISO, DIN IEC or DIN ISO/IEC (plus number, e.g. DIN ISO 720)
This is an International Standard which has been adopted, unchanged, at national level.
DIN SPEC (DIN Specification)

DIN has introduced a new standards deliverable that is developed in a less formal and
more flexible process – the “DIN SPEC”, or “DIN Specification”.
Because they do not require the full consensus of all stakeholders, DIN SPECs can be
published within a few months. Reaching the market faster, DIN SPECs provide a head
start that can push the knowledge and technology transfer of innovations. DIN SPECs are
developed according to one of four different procedures: the PAS, Prestandard, Technical
Report or CWA procedure.
In addition, other types of document correct or supplement existing DIN Standards:
DIN Supplements give additional information on a DIN Standard (explanatory notes,

examples, advice on the application of the standard, etc.) but no further specifications.
Amendments (indicated as A1, A2 etc. after the main standard number) add information
to the standard, including specifications, that may be incorporated in a later edition.
Corrigenda correct printing or content errors and are incorporated into the next edition
of the respective document.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Overview of standards
(by number)
Document number Document number
DIN EN 723 DIN EN 12384

DIN EN 1971-1 DIN EN 13604
DIN EN 1971-2 DIN EN 14977
DIN EN 1977 DIN CEN/TS 13388
DIN EN 1978 (DIN SPEC 9700)
DIN EN 1981
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Standards in this handbook
The standards numbers highlighted in blue link to the actual documents.
Document Date of Title

number issue
DIN EN 723 2009-07 Copper and copper alloys – Combustion method for
determination of the carbon content on the inner sur-
face of copper tubes or fittings
DIN EN 1173 2008-08 Copper and copper alloys – Material condition desig-
nation
DIN EN 1412 1995-12 Copper and copper alloys – European numbering
system
DIN EN 1655 1997-06 Copper and copper alloys – Declarations of conform-
ity
DIN EN 1971-1 2012-02 Copper and copper alloys – Eddy current test for
measuring defects on seamless round copper and
copper alloy tubes – Part 1: Test with an encircling
test coil on the outer surface
DIN EN 1971-2 2012-02 Copper and copper alloys – Eddy current test for
measuring defects on seamless round copper and
copper alloy tubes – Part 2: Test with an internal
probe on the inner surface
DIN EN 1976 2013-01 Copper and copper alloys – Cast unwrought copper
products
DIN EN 1977 2013-04 Copper and copper alloys – Copper drawing stock
(wire rod)
DIN EN 1978 1998-05 Copper and copper alloys – Copper cathodes
DIN EN 1981 2003-05 Copper and copper alloys – Master alloys
DIN EN 12384 1999-03 Copper and copper alloys – Determination of spring
bending limit on strip
DIN EN 12861 1999-10 Copper and copper alloys – Scrap
DIN EN 13147 2001-07 Copper and copper alloys – Determination of residual
stresses in the border areas of slit strip
DIN EN 13603 2013-08 Copper and copper alloys – Test methods for as-
sessing protective tin coatings on drawn round cop-
per wire for electrical purposes
DIN EN 13604 2013-09 Copper and copper alloys – Semiconductor devices,
electronic and vacuum products made from high
conductivity copper
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 14977 2006-09 Copper and copper alloys – Detection of tensile

stress – 5 % ammonia test
number issue
DIN EN 16090 2012-02 Copper and copper alloys – Estimation of average

grain size by ultrasound
DIN CEN/TS 13388 2013-05 Copper and copper alloys – Compendium of compo-
(DIN SPEC 9700) sitions and products
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Standards in DIN Handbook 456/2
(by subject)

number issue
1 Rolled products
DIN EN 1172 2012-02 Copper and copper alloys – Sheet and strip for building
purposes
DIN EN 1652 1998-03 Copper and copper alloys – Plate, sheet, strip and circles
for general purposes
DIN EN 1653 2000-11 Copper and copper alloys – Plate, sheet and circles for
boilers, pressure vessels and hot water storage units
(includes Amendment A1:2000)
DIN EN 1654 1998-03 Copper and copper alloys – Strip for springs and connec-
tors
DIN EN 1758 1998-03 Copper and copper alloys – Strip for lead frames
DIN EN 13148 2010-12 Copper and copper alloys – Hot-dip tinned strip
DIN EN 13599 2014-12 Copper and copper alloys – Copper plate, sheet and strip
for electrical purposes
DIN EN 14436 2004-11 Copper and copper alloys – Electrolytically tinned strip
2 Tubes
DIN EN 1057 2010-06 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless, round copper tubes
for water and gas in sanitary and heating applications
(includes Amendment A1:2010)
DIN EN 12449 2012-07 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless, round tubes for
general purposes
DIN EN 12450 2013-01 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless, round copper cap-
illary tubes
DIN EN 12451 2012-08 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless, round tubes for
heat exchangers
DIN EN 12452 2012-08 Copper and copper alloys – Rolled, finned, seamless tubes
for heat exchangers

DIN EN 12735-1 2010-12 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless, round copper tubes
for air conditioning and refrigeration – Part 1: Tubes for pip-
ing systems
DIN EN 12735-2 2010-12 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless, round copper tubes
for air conditioning and refrigeration – Part 2: Tubes for
equipment
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 13348 2008-11 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless, round copper tubes
for medical gases or vacuum
number issue
DIN EN 13349 2002-11 Copper and copper alloys – Pre-insulated copper tubes
with solid covering
DIN EN 13600 2013-09 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless copper tubes for
electrical purposes
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Standards in DIN Handbook 456/3
(by subject)

number issue
Bars and wire

DIN EN 1977 2013-04 Copper and copper alloys – Copper drawing stock (wire
rod)
DIN EN 12163 2011-08 Copper and copper alloys – Rod for general purposes
DIN EN 12164 2011-08 Copper and copper alloys – Rod for free machining pur-
poses
DIN EN 12166 2011-08 Copper and copper alloys – Wire for general purposes
DIN EN 12167 2011-08 Copper and copper alloys – Profiles and bars for general
purposes
DIN EN 12168 2011-08 Copper and copper alloys – Hollow rod for free machining
purposes
DIN EN 13601 2013-09 Copper and copper alloys – Copper rod, bar and wire for
general electrical purposes
DIN EN 13602 2013-09 Copper and copper alloys – Drawn, round copper wire for
the manufacture of electrical conductors
DIN EN 13605 2013-09 Copper and copper alloys – Copper profiles and profiled
wire for electrical purposes
Ingots and castings

DIN EN 1982 2008-08 Copper and copper alloys – Ingots and castings
Forging
DIN EN 12165 2011-08 Copper and copper alloys – Wrought and unwrought forg-
ing stock
DIN EN 12420 2014-09 Copper and copper alloys – Forgings
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Beuth Verlag and its services
DIN and Beuth Verlag
Founded in 1924 in Berlin, Beuth Verlag is a subsidiary of DIN, the German Institute for
Standardization.
In addition to the founding partners DIN and VDI (Association of German Engineers),
many other renowned industrial and scientific organizations delegate their publishing
work to Beuth. The Austrian Standards Institute (ASI) and the Swiss Association for
Standardization (SNV) have been shareholders of Beuth since 1993.
Beuth is one of the largest technical publishing houses, not only among German-speaking
countries but throughout Europe. With more than 150,000 customers worldwide, Beuth’s
sales help finance DIN’s standardization activities. Beuth Verlag takes its name from the
Prussian industrial pioneer and founder of Berlin’s Technical University, Christian Peter
Wilhelm Beuth.
Standards ... and more

Although Beuth Verlag has traditionally been known for selling standards and technical
rules, its programme has recently been considerably expanded to include numerous
book series and general technical titles.
Today Beuth is a cross-media publishing house with products and services offered in a
number of formats. For example, all new DIN Handbooks are available both in print form
and as eBooks.
Beuth’s online portfolio is rapidly growing: Over 350,000 documents can be downloaded
as PDF files from our webshop at www.beuth.de. We also offer numerous online services
and Internet portals providing standards, technical rules and additional information at
attractive prices.
From customized standards management services to extensive searchable databases,
Beuth Verlag offers a wide range of products and services.
Contact us at:
Beuth Verlag GmbH
Am DIN-Platz
Burggrafenstraße 6
10787 Berlin,
Germany
Phone: +49 30 2601-0

kundenservice@beuth.de
www.beuth.de
See our website for contact information for Beuth’s individual departments.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Subject index
The standards numbers highlighted in blue link to the actual documents.
Carbon * Copper tubes * Determination of Copper alloys * Castings * Copper

content DIN EN 723 DIN EN 1976
Castings * Copper * Copper alloys Copper alloys * Certificates of conformity
DIN EN 1976 * Copper DIN EN 1655
Certificates of conformity * Copper * Cop- Copper alloys * Chemical composition *
per alloys DIN EN 1655 Copper DIN CEN/TS 13388
Chemical composition * Copper * Copper Copper alloys * Copper DIN EN 1978
alloys DIN CEN/TS 13388 Copper alloys * Copper straps * Copper
Copper * Copper alloys DIN EN 1978 DIN EN 12384
Copper * Copper alloys * Castings Copper alloys * Copper wire * Copper
Copper * Copper alloys * Certificates of Copper alloys * Designations * Copper
conformity DIN EN 1655 DIN EN 1173
Copper * Copper alloys * Chemical com- Copper alloys * Eddy-current tests * Test-
position DIN CEN/TS 13388 ing * Copper DIN EN 1971-1
Copper * Copper alloys * Copper straps Copper alloys * Material numbers * Cop-
DIN EN 12384 per DIN EN 1412
Copper * Copper alloys * Copper wire Copper alloys * Materials * Copper
Copper * Copper alloys * Designations Copper alloys * Metal scrap * Specifica-
DIN EN 1173 tion (approval) * Copper DIN EN 12861
Copper * Copper alloys * Eddy-current Copper alloys * Residual stresses * Test-
tests * Testing DIN EN 1971-1 ing * Copper DIN EN 14977
Copper * Copper alloys * Material num- Copper alloys * Round wire * Testing * Tin
bers DIN EN 1412 coatings * Copper DIN EN 13603
Copper * Copper alloys * Materials Copper pipes * Gilled pipes * Heat
DIN EN 13604 exchangers * Testing * Copper
Copper * Copper alloys * Metal scrap * DIN EN 1971-2
Specification (approval) DIN EN 12861 Copper straps * Copper * Copper alloys
Copper * Copper alloys * Residual DIN EN 12384
stresses * Testing DIN EN 14977 Copper tubes * Determination of content *
Carbon DIN EN 723
Copper * Copper alloys * Round wire *

Testing * Tin coatings DIN EN 13603 Copper wire * Copper * Copper alloys
Copper * Copper pipes * Gilled pipes * DIN EN 1977
Heat exchangers * Testing
DIN EN 1971-2 Designations * Copper * Copper alloys
Copper * Determination * Residual DIN EN 1173
stresses DIN EN 13147 Determination * Residual stresses * Cop-
Copper * Grain size * Testing * Ultrasonics per DIN EN 13147
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 16090 Determination of content * Carbon * Cop-

Copper * Master alloys DIN EN 1981 per tubes DIN EN 723
Eddy-current tests * Testing * Copper * Residual stresses * Testing * Copper *
Copper alloys DIN EN 1971-1 Copper alloys DIN EN 14977
Round wire * Testing * Tin coatings * Cop-
Gilled pipes * Heat exchangers * Testing * per * Copper alloys DIN EN 13603
Copper * Copper pipes DIN EN 1971-2
Grain size * Testing * Ultrasonics * Copper Specification (approval) * Copper * Cop-
DIN EN 16090 per alloys * Metal scrap DIN EN 12861
Heat exchangers * Testing * Copper * Cop- Testing * Copper * Copper alloys *

per pipes * Gilled pipes DIN EN 1971-2 Eddy-current tests DIN EN 1971-1
Testing * Copper * Copper alloys * Resid-
Master alloys * Copper DIN EN 1981 ual stresses DIN EN 14977
Material numbers * Copper * Copper Testing * Copper * Copper pipes * Gilled
alloys DIN EN 1412 pipes * Heat exchangers
DIN EN 1971-2
Materials * Copper * Copper alloys
DIN EN 13604 Testing * Tin coatings * Copper * Copper
alloys * Round wire DIN EN 13603
Metal scrap * Specification (approval) *
Copper * Copper alloys DIN EN 12861 Testing * Ultrasonics * Copper * Grain
size DIN EN 16090
Tin coatings * Copper * Copper alloys *
Residual stresses * Copper * Determina-
Round wire * Testing DIN EN 13603
tion DIN EN 13147
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DEUTSCHE NORM July 2009
DIN EN 723
D
ICS 77.150.30 Supersedes
DIN EN 723:1996-10
Copper and copper alloys –

Combustion method for determination of the carbon content on the
inner surface of copper tubes or fittings
English version of DIN EN 723:2009-07
Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen –

Verfahren zur Bestimmung des Kohlenstoffgehaltes auf der Innenoberfläche von
Kupferrohren oder Fittings durch Verbrennen
Englische Fassung DIN EN 723:2009-07
Document comprises 14 pages

7541014/10787806875Biblio
Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing

©
No part of this standard may be reproduced without prior permission of
DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V., Berlin. Beuth Verlag GmbH, 10772 Berlin, Germany,
standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest
has the exclusive right of sale for German Standards (DIN-Normen). Ebook Central,
English price group 10
www.din.de !$Xj?"
http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211.
Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:10:20. www.beuth.de 1537128
DIN EN 723:2009-07
National foreword
This standard has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys”
(Secretariat: DIN, Germany).
The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuss Nichteisenmetalle
(Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Technical Committee NA 066-02-03 AA Kupferrohre (Installation
und Industrie).
Amendments
This standard differs from DIN EN 723:1996-10 as follows:
a) The accuracy of the method has been improved.
b) The scope of the standard has been extended to include fittings of copper alloys.
c) The standard has been simplified by specifying only one method for carbon content determination,
namely that of infrared absorption spectrometry; (The method using tetrabutylammonium hydroxide
(HTBA) and the method of determination by measurement of differential electrical conductivity
(coulometric) have been deleted).
d) The standard has been simplified by specifying only one cutting method for tubes with diameters
exceeding the furnace diameter by deletion of the “longitudinal cutting method”.
e) Clause 2 “Normative References” has been changed to “Bibliography”, and the document renumbered.
Previous editions
DIN EN 723: 1996-10

7541014/10787806875Biblio
EUROPEAN STANDARD EN 723
NORME EUROPÉENNE
EUROPÄISCHE NORM April 2009
ICS 77.150.30 Supersedes EN 723:1996
English Version
Copper and copper alloys - Combustion method for

determination of the carbon content on the inner surface of
copper tubes or fittings
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Méthode de détermination par Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Verfahren zur Bestimmung
combustion de la teneur en carbone à la surface interne des Kohlenstoffgehaltes auf der Innenoberfläche von
des tubes ou des raccords en cuivre Kupferrohren oder Fittings durch Verbrennen
This European Standard was approved by CEN on 19 March 2009.
CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European
Standard the status of a national standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national
standards may be obtained on application to the CEN Management Centre or to any CEN member.
This European Standard exists in three official versions (English, French, German). A version in any other language made by translation
under the responsibility of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the CEN Management Centre has the same status as the
official versions.
CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland,
France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal,
Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.
EUROPEAN COMMITTEE FOR STANDARDIZATION

COMITÉ EUROPÉEN DE NORMALISATION
EUROPÄISCHES KOMITEE FÜR NORMUNG
Management Centre: Avenue Marnix 17, B-1000 Brussels

7541014/10787806875Biblio
© 2009 CEN All rights of exploitation in any form and by any means reserved Ref. No. EN 723:2009: E
worldwide for CEN national Members.
DIN EN 723:2009-07
EN 723:2009 (E)
Contents Page
Foreword ..............................................................................................................................................................3
1 Scope ......................................................................................................................................................4
2 Terms and definitions ...........................................................................................................................4
3 Principle ..................................................................................................................................................4
4 Preparation of samples and test pieces ..............................................................................................4
4.1 Preparatory procedures ........................................................................................................................4
4.1.1 General ....................................................................................................................................................4
4.1.2 Residual carbon content .......................................................................................................................5
4.1.3 Total carbon content .............................................................................................................................5
4.1.4 Potential carbon content .......................................................................................................................5
4.2 Preparation of samples .........................................................................................................................5
4.2.1 Tubes ......................................................................................................................................................5
4.2.2 Fittings ....................................................................................................................................................5
4.3 Cleaning of sample surfaces ................................................................................................................5
4.3.1 Cleaning of inner surface of sample ....................................................................................................5
4.3.2 Cleaning of outer surface of sample....................................................................................................6
4.4 Preparation of test pieces .....................................................................................................................7
4.4.1 Tubes ......................................................................................................................................................7
4.4.2 Fittings ....................................................................................................................................................8
5 Method for carbon content determination ..........................................................................................9
5.1 General ....................................................................................................................................................9
5.2 Determination of the carbon content ................................................................................................ 10
5.3 Determination of the blank value ...................................................................................................... 10
6 Expression of results ......................................................................................................................... 10
7 Calibration ........................................................................................................................................... 11
8 Test report ........................................................................................................................................... 11
Bibliography ..................................................................................................................................................... 12
7541014/10787806875Biblio
2
DIN EN 723:2009-07
EN 723:2009 (E)
Foreword
This document (EN 723:2009) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper
alloys”, the secretariat of which is held by DIN.
This European Standard shall be given the status of a national standard, either by publication of an identical
text or by endorsement, at the latest by October 2009, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at
the latest by October 2009.
Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent
rights. CEN [and/or CENELEC] shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights.
This document supersedes EN 723:1996.
In comparison with the first edition of EN 723:1996, the following significant technical changes and one
significant editorial change were made:
 improvement of the accuracy of the method;
 extension of the scope of the standard to fittings of copper alloys;
 simplification by limitation to only one method for carbon content determination, namely that of infrared
absorption spectrometry:
[Method using tetrabutylammonium hydroxide (HTBA) and Method of determination by measurement of

differential electrical conductivity (coulometric) deleted];
 simplification by limitation to only one cutting method for tubes with diameters exceeding the furnace
diameter by deletion of the "longitudinal cutting method";
 change of Clause 2 "Normative References" into "Bibliography" with renumbering.
According to the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations, the national standards organizations of the following
countries are bound to implement this European Standard: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech
Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia,
Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain,
Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 3
DIN EN 723:2009-07
EN 723:2009 (E)
1 Scope
This European Standard specifies a combustion method for determining the carbon content, if any, on the
inner surface of tubes of copper or fittings of copper or copper alloys.
This standard applies only to seamless, round copper tubes as specified for example in EN 1057 and
EN 13348 or fittings of copper or copper alloys as specified in EN 1254 (all parts).
2 Terms and definitions

For the purposes of this document, the following terms and definitions apply:
2.1
residual carbon
CR
carbon present in the chemical form of elemental carbon
2.2
potential carbon
CP
carbon present in the chemical form of organic compounds
EXAMPLE Organic compounds: oils, greases, etc.
2.3
total carbon
CT
sum of residual carbon and potential carbon
3 Principle
Combustion of the carbon present on the inner surface of a tube or fitting sample, carried out at a given
temperature in an oxygen flow.
Determination, by infrared absorption spectrometry, of the residual or total carbon content, or both, by
measurement of the carbon dioxide generated. Calculation of potential carbon content is by subtraction of the
residual carbon content from the total carbon content.
4 Preparation of samples and test pieces
4.1 Preparatory procedures

4.1.1 General
Carry out the procedures in 4.1.2, 4.1.3 or 4.1.4 depending on the carbon to be determined and taking
account of the following precautions:
a) metal cutting tool shall be free from protective paint;
b) clamps shall be flat and consist of copper, aluminium, steel or an alternative material. Alternative
materials shall not be detrimental to their cleanliness;
7541014/10787806875Biblio
4
DIN EN 723:2009-07
EN 723:2009 (E)
c) all tools and implements used for cutting or clamping samples shall be degreased before sample
preparation;
d) degreasing shall be done by wiping with a lint-free cloth containing absorbed tetrachloroethylene,
trichloroethylene or trichloroethane or, because of potential for environmental harm, other solvents of
equivalent performance, e.g. acetone. These solvents shall also be used for cleaning/immersion of
samples where appropriate;
e) suitable protective gloves should be used to ensure skin contact with the surface under test is avoided;
f) between the cleaning operation and the combustion operation, the test pieces shall be kept in a non-
contaminating environment, such as a clean laboratory or in a desiccator containing sodium hydroxide
pellets. The tests shall be completed within approximately 5 h of cleaning the sample, or if not, the
sample shall be re-cleaned.
4.1.2 Residual carbon content
a) prepare samples (see 4.2);

b) clean inner and outer surface of sample (see 4.3.1 and 4.3.2);
c) prepare test pieces (see 4.4).
4.1.3 Total carbon content
a) prepare samples (see 4.2);

b) clean outer surface of sample (see 4.3.2);
c) prepare test pieces (see 4.4).
4.1.4 Potential carbon content
Prepare separate samples and test pieces following the procedures in 4.1.2 and 4.1.3.
4.2 Preparation of samples
4.2.1 Tubes
Cut a sample approximately 30 cm long from a tube, using a metal-cutting saw or a pipe cutter. Deburr the
outer and inner edges of the sample ends, using a smooth file or a trimming blade, take care that any burrs
removed do not fall into the bore of the tube.
4.2.2 Fittings
Select sufficient fittings from the batch in order to be able to cut test pieces from them having a minimum total
2
internal surface area of 10 cm .
4.3 Cleaning of sample surfaces
4.3.1 Cleaning of inner surface of sample
The following steps shall be performed in a fume cupboard. Immerse the sample, for a minimum of 2 min in an
agitated bath of boiling chlorinated solvent, for example, analytical grade trichloroethylene or trichloroethane,
that shall be used as reference in case of dispute ensuring that the solvent baths are kept topped up, such
that the sample remains totally immersed in the solvent. Immerse the sample in a second, boiling solvent bath
for at least 30 s.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 723:2009-07
EN 723:2009 (E)
Remove the sample from the bath and place it vertically under a fume hood or on a grease-free plate in an
oven operating at a temperature of at least 80 °C for a minimum of 60 s, until the solvent has totally
evaporated.
Refresh both baths periodically, as appropriate, in accordance with written internal procedures.
4.3.2 Cleaning of outer surface of sample
4.3.2.1 General
Degrease the outside surface of the sample by wiping with a clean, lint-free, solvent-containing cotton cloth,
taking care to ensure that no fibres remain on the sample after wiping.
Clean the sample by chemical cleaning method, see 4.3.2.2, or for tubes in R250 and R290 material
conditions 1) only, the alternative mechanical cleaning method, see 4.3.2.3, except in cases of dispute or
preparation for blank value determination, may be used.
4.3.2.2 Chemical cleaning
4.3.2.2.1 Sealing
a) For annealed tubes only:
Squashing/flattening a 20 mm (approx.) portion of the tube extending from one end, between clamps (see 4.1)
placed between the jaws of a vice. The squashed end is then folded over and also squashed/flattened against
the adjacent, 20 mm (approx.) length of tube, again using clamps (see 4.1) fixed between the jaws of a vice.
This method shall be used for reference testing.
b) For tubes or fittings:
Seal one tube end or all fitting ends by inserting appropriately-sized, silicone or neoprene plugs.
NOTE If necessary, the ends of tubes in annealed material condition should firstly be re-rounded using an
appropriate, degreased re-rounding tool, in order to obtain a leak-tight seal with the plug.
4.3.2.2.2 Cleaning
Place the degreased sample in a clean beaker containing fresh diluted nitric acid for half starting from 50 %
concentrated nitric acid. The temperature of the acid shall be at least 20 °C and for handling reasons, care
has to be taken to control the exothermic reaction, if necessary by cooling the beaker.
a) For tubes:
The beaker shall contain sufficient solution to cover between 75 mm and 125 mm of the length of the sample
(the smaller the diameter of the tube being tested, the greater the depth of immersion required to ensure a
sufficiently covered surface area).
b) For fittings:
The beaker shall contain a sufficient quantity of solution to cover the sample. Refresh the acid bath weekly or
after preparation of about forty samples (whichever is the sooner).
7541014/10787806875Biblio
1) see EN 1173 for the explanation of R250 and R290.
6
DIN EN 723:2009-07
EN 723:2009 (E)
Ensure that the sample remains in the acid solution for at least 30 s so that copious quantities of brown fumes
(NO2) are expelled. This step of operation shall be performed in a fume cupboard.
Withdraw the sample from the acid solution and rinse thoroughly with deionised water.
Transfer the sample to a bath containing boiling deionised water for a duration between 30 s and 60 s, which,
before use shall have been boiled for approx. 5 min to ensure a complete degassing of the water, or rinse the
sample with hot (min. 50 °C) running water for at least 30 s. Take care to ensure that the useful part of the
sample is fully immersed in the water bath. Due to an uptake of CO2 from the air, refresh the deionised water
every day or after the preparation of about forty samples (whichever is sooner).
Remove the sample from the bath and place it vertically under a fume hood or on a grease-free plate in an
oven operating at a temperature of at least 80 °C for a minimum of 60 s, until the water has totally evaporated
or let it dry on air.
4.3.2.3 Mechanical cleaning
Hold the tube in a vice and remove all traces of the outer surface in the area to be tested, using a degreased
file.
Alternatively, a thin layer from the outer surface may be removed by turning on a lathe using a tool with a
degreased tip.
All tools used for mechanical cleaning shall be free of organic contamination. The tools shall not be used for
other mechanical operation.
4.4 Preparation of test pieces
4.4.1 Tubes
4.4.1.1 General
Carry out the procedure given in 4.4.1.2 or 4.4.1.3, depending on the tube diameter, and taking account of the
precautions described in 4.1.
4.4.1.2 Tubes with diameters not exceeding the furnace diameter
From the cleaned sample, cut and discard a 2,5 cm length, from one end which, in the case of a chemically
cleaned outer surface, shall be from the plugged or flattened end of the tube (having firstly removed the plug
from the tube end if appropriate).
Measure the required length of tube using a clean measuring device to yield an internal surface area between
2 2
20 cm and 25 cm .
Cut off the required length using either a clean, square-cut auto-saw used only for such purposes or a
degreased, fine-toothed hacksaw, avoiding overheating the sample. If the test piece is longer than the zone of
incandescence of the combustion device described in 5.1 c), cross-cut the test piece into two, in order that
both pieces may be fed simultaneously into the zone of incandescence. Take care to ensure that the cut is
square. If using an auto-saw, take also care to ensure that all surfaces with which the tube is in contact are
thoroughly degreased. When filing and cutting tubes, take care to ensure that the section of tube being held in
position (e.g. between the jaws of a vice) is not excessively distorted.
Determine the internal surface area of the test piece from its mean internal diameter and mean length,
measured to an accuracy of ± 0,1 mm.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
NOTE If the cross-cut leads to a loss of length, it should be taken into account for the surface area determination.
DIN EN 723:2009-07
EN 723:2009 (E)
4.4.1.3 Tubes with diameters exceeding the furnace diameter
Prepare the sample as described in 4.4.1.1.

2
If a test piece of internal surface area of at least 20 cm can be obtained by flattening, carry out the flattening
operation between the jaws of a vice equipped with aluminium or alternative material clamps previously
degreased using trichlorethylene or trichloroethane. The alternative material for the clamps shall not be
detrimental to their cleanliness.
4.4.2 Fittings
4.4.2.1 General
Depending on size, a test piece might be:
a) one complete fitting;
b) part of one fitting;
c) several fittings.
2
The internal surface area of the test piece shall be at least 10 cm .
Prepare test piece(s) by one of the following procedures and afterwards keep the test piece(s) taking account
of the precautions described in 4.1.
4.4.2.2 Determination of the internal surface area of the test piece
Determine the internal surface area of the test piece by the most appropriate of the methods given in a), b) or
c) as follows:
a) by calculation:
Ai = d i × π × l (1)
where
Ai is the internal surface area;
di is the internal diameter;
l is the length.
This method is considered to be satisfactory when a simple shape is involved i.e. straight coupling.
b) by comparison: use a transparent graticule having ruled squares of a known surface area.
Section the fitting selected as a test piece along its longitudinal axis.
For copper fittings only, flatten the sample between the jaws of a vice equipped with clamps.
Place the transparent graticule in close contact with the inner surface of the test piece.
Count the number of squares relating to the surface to obtain a close approximation of the internal
surface area of the section. A number of sections may be required to make up an adequate test area.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
c) For copper fittings only, by press cutting: use a press tool to produce a shaped test piece. This method
will produce test pieces of a consistent surface area.
8
DIN EN 723:2009-07
EN 723:2009 (E)
2
NOTE Circular test pieces of 15,96 mm diameter have a surface area of 2 cm . Alternative shapes are acceptable if
an accurate surface area can be determined.
4.4.2.3 Fittings able to fit into the furnace
Prepare the test piece using the cleaned samples as described in 4.4.2 and 4.3.2.2.2.
4.4.2.4 Fittings unable to fit into the furnace
If the furnace diameter is not large enough to accommodate the whole fitting, proceed in accordance with a) or
b) for fittings of copper alloys and for fittings of copper proceed in accordance with a), b) or c) as follows:
a) flattening method
If a test piece can be obtained by flattening, carry out the flattening operation between the jaws of a vice
equipped with clamps.
d) sectioning method
Select a section of a fitting, a whole fitting or several fittings to obtain the requested internal surface area
(see 4.4.2.1). Cut the piece(s) longitudinally into two parts, using a degreased saw blade, and fold the two
parts, one onto the other. This folding may be done between the jaws of a vice equipped with clamps.
e) press cut pieces (not applicable to fittings of copper alloys)
Section the fitting selected as a test piece, along its longitudinal axis and flatten it between the jaws of a
vice equipped with clamps.
Place the flattened test piece in a suitable equipment having a cutting tool fitted. Press cut discs out of the
flattened section/sections to make up the surface area required.
5 Method for carbon content determination
5.1 General
Carry out the combustion in a reaction pipe of quartz with flowing oxygen having minimum purity of 99,99 %.
Lower purity oxygen may be used if the equipment has an internal purification system able to yield 99,99 %
purity oxygen for the purposes of the analysis.
The combustion device generally includes, successively from oxygen inlet:
a) a system for oxygen supply and purification which can guarantee a purity of at least 99,99 %;
b) a purification furnace (pre-combustion) comprising a reaction pipe of quartz filled with copper oxide which
shall permit a temperature of 450 °C to 500 °C to be maintained;
1) a trap for H2O;

2) a trap for CO2;
c) a waiting chamber for the test piece;
d) a combustion chamber with a reaction pipe of quartz and tubular furnace (about 600 mm length) which
shall permit a temperature of at least 800 °C to be maintained.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
NOTE The hot zone is only a part of the reaction pipe of quartz.
DIN EN 723:2009-07
EN 723:2009 (E)
5.2 Determination of the carbon content
Before carrying out the test, ensure that the time elapsed after cleaning has not exceeded 5 h, see 4.1.
Direct determination of the carbon content by automatic analysis of infrared absorbance of generated carbon
dioxide, using a furnace temperature of 800 °C for 3 min for tubes and fittings of copper and of 550 °C for
fittings of copper alloys. For routine testing of tubes and fittings of copper, shorter analysis time scales and/or
higher combustion temperatures can be used if it can be demonstrated that all carbon present is detected
within the test cycle. However, for reference testing a furnace temperature of 800 °C and analysis time of
3 min shall be used. Correct the measured carbon value for the blank value when appropriate.
The time of analysis shall be established in such a way that the complete signal from the detector is recorded.
2
Accuracy of the method is expected to be ± 0,01 mg/dm .
5.3 Determination of the blank value
5.3.1 General
The blank value shall be determined at commencement of a test or sequence of tests.
When determined as indicated below, the blank value will include all uncertainties related to the preparation of
the test pieces and to the apparatus blank.
For the calculation of the blank value use the total surface area of the blank sample (inner and outer surface
area).
The blank value is the mean of the values obtained for two test pieces.
2
Satisfactory preparation gives a blank value of not greater than 0,02 mg/dm . If greater values are obtained,
the test piece preparation and apparatus blank shall be reviewed.
5.3.2 Procedure
5.3.2.1 Selection of the test piece for tubes
Take a previously analysed sample, of the most commonly analysed dimension. Ensure that the sample is
cooled to room temperature.
5.3.2.2 Selection of the test piece for fittings
Take fittings or part fittings prepared as described in 4.4.2. The cleaning operation shall be performed as
described in 4.3.2.2.2.
6 Expression of results
2
The value of carbon content shall be expressed, in mg/dm , as the arithmetical mean of the values obtained
for two equivalent test pieces; residual (CR), potential (CP) or total carbon (CT), as appropriate.
If one test result exceeds the limit specified in the relevant standard then a further test shall be carried out
using samples from the same tube or batch of fittings. If this further test gives an acceptable result then the
earlier result shall be disregarded.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
10
DIN EN 723:2009-07
EN 723:2009 (E)
7 Calibration
The applicable method is described in 5.2.
a) The test apparatus shall be calibrated at commencement of testing, or at a minimum of once a day if in
continual use, with carbon dioxide having minimum purity of 99,99 %, according to the machine
manufacturer’s instructions. Alternatively, calibration may be performed using samples of known carbon
content by assay (D-mannitol or powder containing carbon of known concentration, using a furnace
analysis temperature of 800 °C for a duration of 3 min. All other machine parameters shall be as per the
machine manufacturer’s recommendations for this type of analysis.
b) The accuracy of the daily calibration and the stability of the device shall be checked at regular intervals
using samples of D-mannitol or powder containing carbon of known concentration according to 5.2.
The check shall be performed:
1) at least twice a year;

2) after ca. 1 000 measurements when in continual use;
3) or whenever it seems appropriate.
The nominal value of the carbon of the D-mannitol or powder containing carbon samples shall be within the
accuracy of the test method according to 5.2.
All other machine parameters shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for this type of
analysis.
8 Test report
A test report shall contain at least the following information:
a) identification of the test pieces;
b) reference to this European Standard (EN 723);
c) product designation of the product tested;
d) results;
e) any unusual characteristics noted during the determination;
f) any operation not included in this European Standard or in the document to which reference is made or
regarded as optional;
g) date of the test and/or date of preparation or of affixing the signature of the test report;
h) Signature of the responsible person.

7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 723:2009-07
EN 723:2009 (E)
Bibliography
[1] EN 1057, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round copper tubes for water and gas in sanitary
and heating applications
[2] EN 1173, Copper and copper alloys — Material condition designation
[3] EN 1254 (all parts), Copper and copper alloys — Plumbing fittings
[4] EN 13348, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round copper tubes for medical gases or vacuum
7541014/10787806875Biblio
12
DEUTSCHE NORM August 2008
DIN EN 1173
D
DIN EN 1173:1995-12

Material condition designation

Zustandsbezeichnungen

7541014/10787806875Biblio

©
No part of this standard may be reproduced without prior permission of
www.din.de !$Q3Ñ"
Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:10:40. www.beuth.de 1461696
DIN EN 1173:2008-08
National foreword
(Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Technical Committee NA 066-02 FBR Fachbereichsbeirat Kupfer.
Amendments
a) The English title has been changed, the term “temper” has been withdrawn.
b) The examples in clause 4 have been completed.
c) The alloy designation in subclause 4.10 has been corrected.
Previous editions
DIN EN 1173: 1995-12

7541014/10787806875Biblio
2
NORME EUROPÉENNE
EUROPÄISCHE NORM April 2008
English Version
Copper and copper alloys - Material condition designation
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Désignation des états Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Zustandsbezeichnungen
métallurgiques
This European Standard was approved by CEN on 21 March 2008.
standards may be obtained on application to the CEN Management Centre or to any CEN member.
under the responsibility of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the CEN Management Centre has the same status as the
official versions.
CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland,
France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal,
Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.

Management Centre: rue de Stassart, 36 B-1050 Brussels

7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1173:2008-08
EN 1173:2008 (E)
Contents Page
Foreword..............................................................................................................................................................3
1 Scope ......................................................................................................................................................4
2 Basis of designation system ................................................................................................................4
3 Structure of designation .......................................................................................................................4
3.1 General....................................................................................................................................................4
3.2 Position 1................................................................................................................................................4
3.3 Positions 2 to 4 ......................................................................................................................................5
3.4 Positions 5 and 6 ...................................................................................................................................5
4 Examples ................................................................................................................................................5
4.1 General....................................................................................................................................................5
4.2 Elongation ..............................................................................................................................................5
4.3 Spring bending limit ..............................................................................................................................5
4.4 As drawn.................................................................................................................................................5
4.5 Grain size................................................................................................................................................5
4.6 Hardness.................................................................................................................................................6
4.7 As manufactured....................................................................................................................................6
4.8 Tensile strength .....................................................................................................................................6
4.9 0,2% proof strength ...............................................................................................................................6
4.10 Additional treatment "Stress relieving" ..............................................................................................6
Bibliography ........................................................................................................................................................7
7541014/10787806875Biblio
2
DIN EN 1173:2008-08
EN 1173:2008 (E)
Foreword
text or by endorsement, at the latest by October 2008, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at
the latest by October 2008.
Within its programme of work, Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 decided to prepare the revision of the fol-
lowing standard:
EN 1173:1995, Copper and copper alloys — Material condition or temper designation
In comparison with the first edition of EN 1173:1995, the following significant technical changes were made:
 title has been changed, the term “temper” has been withdrawn;
 examples in Clause 4 have been completed;
 alloy designation in 4.10 has been corrected.
countries are bound to implement this European Standard: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Repub-
lic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania,
Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland and the United Kingdom.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1173:2008-08
EN 1173:2008 (E)
1 Scope
This European Standard establishes a system for designation of material conditions to be used for the identifica-
tion of mandatory property requirements. These designations are applicable to wrought products of copper and
copper alloys.
2 Basis of designation system
The material condition designation is based on the mandatory property requirement(s), the level of property re-
quired and if necessary, any special additional treatment.
3 Structure of designation
3.1 General
The material condition designation usually consists of four characters. In position 1 there shall be a letter and in
positions 2 to 4 there shall be figures. A further figure shall be added in position 5 or, in the case of additional
treatment, a suffix letter shall be added in position 5 or 6.
Only one designation is allowed for a certain material condition and the whole size range, for which the minimum
requirement applies.
3.2 Position 1
Position 1 indicates the designating mandatory property, specified in the appropriate European product standard,
by one capital letter of the alphabet.
The use of a letter indicating the designating mandatory property does not preclude the combination of two or
more mandatory properties if specified in the appropriate product standard.
Letters shall be used in accordance with Table 1.
Table 1 — Letters for Position 1
Letter Designating mandatory property

A Elongation
B Spring bending limit
D As drawn, without specified mechanical properties
G Grain size
H Hardness (Brinell or Vickers)
M As manufactured, without specified mechanical properties
R Tensile strength
Y 0,2%-proof strength
NOTE The manufacturing process including heat treatment is not indicated by
these letters.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
4
DIN EN 1173:2008-08
EN 1173:2008 (E)
3.3 Positions 2 to 4
Except for designations D, G and M, positions 2 to 4 consist of a three digit figure to designate the minimum
value of the mandatory property specified in the European product standard. Designations D and M are not fol-
lowed by any further characters. For designation G, positions 2 to 4 consist of a three digit figure to designate the
mid-range value of the mandatory property specified in the European product standard.
In the case of a value of two significant digits a zero "0" is to be indicated at position 2 in front of the value speci-
fied, e.g. for hardness. In the case of a value of one significant digit, zeros are to be indicated at positions two
and three in front of the value specified, e.g. for elongation.
3.4 Positions 5 and 6
If necessary a four digit figure may be indicated by use of the additional position 5, e.g. for very high tensile
strength of precipitation hardened alloys.
If an additional treatment is applicable for the purpose of stress relieving a product, the suffix "S" is added in
position 5 or 6.
4 Examples
4.1 General
The material condition designation is intended to be used in product designation and ordering information. In the
product designation the material condition designation shall follow the material designation and be separated
from it by a hyphen ("—").
Some examples of material condition designations in accordance with this standard are given in 4.2 to 4.10.
4.2 Elongation
Wire EN 13602 — Cu-OF — A007 — .....1) [7]
4.3 Spring bending limit
Strip EN 1654 — CuSn8 — B410 — .....1) [2]
4.4 As drawn
Tube EN 13600 — Cu-ETP — D — .....1) [6]
4.5 Grain size

Strip EN 1652 — CuZn37 — G020 — .....1) [1]

7541014/10787806875Biblio
1) Continued according to the appropriate product standard, see Bibliography.
DIN EN 1173:2008-08
EN 1173:2008 (E)
4.6 Hardness
Sheet EN 1652 — CuZn37 — H150 — .....1) [1]
4.7 As manufactured
Hollow rod EN 12168 — CuZn36Pb3 — M — .....1) [4]
4.8 Tensile strength
Rod EN 12164 — CuZn39Pb3 — R500 — .....1) [3]
or
Strip EN 1652 — CuBe2 — R1200 — .....1) [1]
4.9 0,2% proof strength
Strip EN 1654 — CuZn30 — Y460 — .....1) [2]
4.10 Additional treatment "Stress relieving"
Tube EN 12452 — CuZn20Al2As — R340S — .....1) [5]

7541014/10787806875Biblio
6
DIN EN 1173:2008-08
EN 1173:2008 (E)
Bibliography
[1] EN 1652, Copper and copper alloys — Plate, sheet, strip and circles for general purposes
[2] EN 1654, Copper and copper alloys — Strip for springs and connectors
[3] EN 12164, Copper and copper alloys — Rod for free machining purposes
[4] EN 12168, Copper and copper alloys — Hollow rod for free machining purposes
[5] EN 12452, Copper and copper alloys — Rolled, finned, seamless tubes for heat exchangers
[6] EN 13600, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless copper tubes for electrical purposes
[7] EN 13602, Copper and copper alloys — Drawn round copper wire for the manufacture of electrical
conductors
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DEUTSCHENORM December 1995
Copper and copper alloys DIN

European numbering system
English Version of DIN EN 1412 EN 1412
ICS 77.120.30
Descriptors: Copper, copper alloys, numbering system.
Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen; Europäisches Werl<stoffnummernsystem
European Standard EN 1412: 1995 has the status of a DIN Standard.
National foreword
This Standard has been prepared by CEN/TC 133.
The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuß Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals
Standards Committee).
EN comprises 6 pages.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Beuth Verlag GmbH, Berlin, has the exciusive right of sale for German Standards (ü/A/-A/ormenJ. DIN EN 1412 Engl. Price group 5
05.96
Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:10:59. Sales No. 1105
NORME EUROPEENNE
EUROPÄISCHE NORM November 1995
ICS 77.120.30
Descriptors: Copper, copper alloys, nutnbering system.
English Version
Copper and copper alloys

European numbering system
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre; systeme Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen; Euro¬

europeen de designation numerique päisches Werkstoffnummernsystem
This European Standard was approved by GEN on 1995-11-11.

CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipu-
late the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national Standard without
any alteration.
Up-to-date lists and bibllographlcal references conoerning such national Standards may be
obtained on applicatlon to the Central Secretariat or to any CEN member.
This European Standard exists in three offlclal verslons (English, French, German). A version in
any other language made by translation under the responsibility of a CEN member into its own
language and notified to the Central Secretariat has the same status as the official versions.
CEN members are the national Standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Denmarl<, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain,
Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.
CEN
European Committee for Standardization

Comite Europeen de Normalisation
Europäisches Komitee für Normung
Central Secretariat: rue de Stassart 36, B-1050 Brüssels

7541014/10787806875Biblio
© 1995. Copyright reserved to all CEN members. Ref. No. EN 1412:1995 E
Page 2
EN 1412:1995
Contents
Page Page
Foreword 2 4 Details of the system 4

Introduction 3 4.1General 4
4.2Structure of numbers 4
1Scope 3
2Normative references 3 5 Allocation, registration and administration of
material numbers 5
3Definitions 3
3.1Copper material 3 Table 1: Significance of positions 3 to 6 5
3.2Standardized copper material . . . 3
3.3Non-standardized copper material 3 Annex A (informative) Bibiiography . . . 6
Foreword
This European Standard has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 'Copper and copper ailoys', the Secretariat
of which is heid by DIN.
This European Standard shall be given the status of a national Standard, either by pubiication of an identical text or by
endorsement, and conflicting national Standards withdrawn, by iVlay 1996 at the latest.
In accordance with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Reguiations, the foilowing countries are bound to implement this European
Standard:
Austria, Beigium, Denmarl<, Finiand, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Itaiy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway,
Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 3
EN 1412:1995
Introduction
The numbering system described in this European Standard is based on annex A to ISO/TR 7003 in whtch a
unique number Is allocated to a copper material (copper or copper alloy) in order to categorize it. This numbering
system is an alternative to the material symbol designation system given in ISO 1 1 90-1 .
1 Scope
This European Standard establishes a numbering system for designating copper and copper alloys manufactured
and/or used in Europe and the responsibility for the allocation, registration and administration of numbers for
individual copper materials.
The system is applicable to:
a)copper materials standardized in European Standards (see 3.2), and
b)copper materials not standardized in European Standards Isee 3.3).
2 Normative references
This European Standard incorporates, by dated or undated reference, provisions from other publications. These
normative references are cited at the appropriate places in the text and the publications are listed hereafter. For
dated references, subsequent amendments to or revisions of any of these publications apply to this European
Standard only when incorporated in it by amendment or revision. For undated references, the tatest edition of
the publication referred to applies.
ISO/TR 7003
Unified format for the designation of metals
NOTE: Informative references to documents used in the preparation of this Standard, and cited at the
appropriate places in the text, are listed in a bibliography, see annex A.
3 Definitions
For the purposes of this Standard, the following definitions apply:
3.1 copper material
General term for copper and copper alloys.
3.2 standardized copper material

Copper material specified in a European Standard.
3.3 non-standardized copper material
Copper material not specified in a European Standard but manufactured and/or used in Europe.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 4
EN 1412:1995
4 Details of the system
4.1General
The number shall be composed of alphabetic (upper case Latin letters) and numeric (Arabic) characters.
The system shall provide only one number for each material. A number assigned to an individual material shall
not be assigned to another material even if the first mentioned material has been withdrawn.
4.2Structure of numbers
4.2.1Compittte number
The number shall consist of six characters.
4.2.2Positions of characters
The positions of characters are as follows:
4.2.2.1 Position 1
In accordance with ISO/TR 7003, the character for the first Position shall be the letter "C" to designate copper
material.
4.2.2.2 Position 2
The character for the second position shall be one of the following letters, whose significance is given as
follows;
B materials in ingot form for remeiting to produce cast products;
C materials in the form of cast products;
F filier materials for brazing and welding;
M master alloys;
R refined unwrought copper;
S materials in the form of scrap;

W materials in the form of wrought products;
X non-standardized materials.
4.2.2.3 Position 3 to 5
The characters for the third, fourth and fifth positions shall form a number in the ränge 000 to 999, see table 1
There is no particular significance attributed to any of these characters.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 5
EN 1412:1995
4.2.2.4Position 6
The character for the 6th position shall be a letter designating one of the material groups given in table 1 .
4.2.2.5Examples
CW024A:
CB752S;
CC383H.
5 Allocation, registration and administration of material numbers
NOTE: CEN/TC 1 33 is responsible for the allocation. registration and administration of material numbers.
Table 1: Significance of positions 3 to 6
Position 3, 4 and 5') Position 6

(a number lletter
Material group
in the ränge) designating
material group)
Copper 000 to 999 A or B
Copper ailoys, low alloyed

000 to 999 C or 0
(less than 5 % alloying eiements)
Miscellaneous copper ailoys

000 to 999 Eor F
(5 % or more alloying elements)
Copper-aluminium aiioys 000 to 999 G
Copper-nickel ailoys 000 to 999 H
Copper-nicket-zinc ailoys 000 to 999 J
Copper-tin ailoys 000 to 999 K
Copper-zinc ailoys, binary 000 to 999 L or M
Copper-zinc-iead ailoys 000 to 999 N or P
Copper-zinc ailoys, complex 000 to 999 R or S

') Standardized copper material in the ränge 000 to 799.

Non-standardized copper material in the ränge 800 to 999.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 6
EN 1412:1995
Annex A (informative)
Bibliography
In the preparation of this European Standard, use was made of a document for reference purposes. This
informative reference is cited at the appropriate place in the text and the publication is listed hereafter.
ISO 1 190-1
Copper and copper alloys - Code of designation - Part 1 : Designation of materials
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DEUTSCHE NORM June 1997
Copper and copper alloys {

Declarations of conformity
English version of DIN EN 1655 EN 1655
ICS 77.120.30
Descriptors: Copper, declaration of conformity.
Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Konformitätserklärungen
European Standard EN 1655 : 1997 has the status of a DIN Standard.
National foreword
This standard has been prepared by CEN/TC 133.
The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuß Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals
Standards Committee).
7541014/10787806875Biblio
© No part of this standard may be reproduced without the prior permission of Ref. No. DIN EN 1655 : 1997-06
DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e.V., Berlin. English price group 06 Sales No. 1106
BeuthTesting
Copper 1 : Basic standards Verlag standards,
GmbH, Berlin,
editedhas
by the
e.V.exclusive right
DIN, Beuth of sale
Verlag, forProQuest
2015. German Standards (DIN-Normen).
Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 01.98
EN 1655
March 1997
ICS 77.120.30
Descriptors: Copper, declaration of conformity.
English version

Declarations of conformity
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Déclarations Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen –

de conformité Konformitätserklärungen
This European Standard was approved by CEN on 1997-02-09.

CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which
stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national standard
without any alteration.
Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national standards may be
obtained on application to the Central Secretariat or to any CEN member.
The European Standards exist in three official versions (English, French, German). A version
in any other language made by translation under the responsibility of a CEN member into
its own language and notified to the Central Secretariat has the same status as the official
versions.
CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland,
France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Por-
tugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom.
ÜÈ
|ÉË
Comité Européen de Normalisation
Central Secretariat: rue de Stassart 36, B-1050 Brussels

7541014/10787806875Biblio
© 1997. CEN – All rights of exploitation in any form and by any means Ref. No. EN 1655 : 1997 E
reserved worldwide for CEN national members.
Page 2
EN 1655 : 1997
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 3
EN 1655 : 1997
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 4
EN 1655 : 1997
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 5
EN 1655 : 1997
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 6
EN 1655 : 1997
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 7
EN 1655 : 1997
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 8
EN 1655 : 1997
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 9
EN 1655 : 1997
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 10
EN 1655 : 1997
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 11
EN 1655 : 1997
7541014/10787806875Biblio
February 2012
DIN EN 1971-1
D
DIN EN 1971:1998-12

Eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round copper and
copper alloy tubes –
Part 1: Test with an encircling test coil on the outer surface
English translation of DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02

Wirbelstromprüfung an Rohren zur Messung von Fehlern an nahtlos gezogenen runden
Rohren aus Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen –
Teil 1: Prüfung mit umfassender Spule auf der Außenseite
Englische Übersetzung von DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre –
Méthode de contrôle par courants de Foucault pour le mesurage des défauts des tubes
ronds sans soudure en cuivre et alliages de cuivre –
Partie 1: Essai avec une bobine encerclante sur la paroi externe
Traduction anglaise de DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02

7541014/10787806875Biblio
Translation by DIN-Sprachendienst.
In case of doubt, the German-language original shall be considered authoritative.

©
No part of this translation may be reproduced without prior permission of
www.din.de !$yx|"
Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:11:39. www.beuth.de 01.12 1868589
DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02
A comma is used as the decimal marker.
National foreword
(Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Working Committee NA 066-02-03 AA Kupferrohre (Installation
und Industrie).
Amendments
a) the scope of the standard has been limited to the eddy current test with an encircling test coil on the outer
surface of tubes;
b) the standard has been editorially revised.
Previous editions
DIN EN 1971: 1998-12

7541014/10787806875Biblio
2
EUROPEAN STANDARD EN 1971-1
NORME EUROPÉENNE
EUROPÄISCHE NORM December 2011
English Version
Copper and copper alloys - Eddy current test for measuring

defects on seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes -
Part 1: Test with an encircling test coil on the outer surface
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Méthode de contrôle par Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Wirbelstromprüfung an
courants de Foucault pour le mesurage des défauts des Rohren zur Messung von Fehlern an nahtlos gezogenen
tubes ronds sans soudure en cuivre et alliages de cuivre - runden Rohren aus Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Teil 1:
Partie 1: Essai avec une bobine encerclante sur la paroi Prüfung mit umfassender Spule auf der Außenseite
externe
This European Standard was approved by CEN on 5 November 2011.
standards may be obtained on application to the CEN-CENELEC Management Centre or to any CEN member.
under the responsibility of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the CEN-CENELEC Management Centre has the same
status as the official versions.
CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia,
Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland,
Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.


7541014/10787806875Biblio
© 2011 CEN All rights of exploitation in any form and by any means reserved Ref. No. EN 1971-1:2011: E
DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02
EN 1971-1:2011 (E)
Contents Page
Foreword ..............................................................................................................................................................3
Introduction .........................................................................................................................................................4
1 Scope ......................................................................................................................................................5
2 Normative references ............................................................................................................................5
4 General requirements ............................................................................................................................5
4.1 Personnel qualification .........................................................................................................................5
4.2 Condition of tube to be tested ..............................................................................................................5
4.3 Equipment ..............................................................................................................................................5
5 Reference standard tube .......................................................................................................................7
6 Acceptance criteria ................................................................................................................................7
6.1 Detection of local discontinuities by encircling coils systems ........................................................7
6.2 Detection of non-local discontinuities by encircling coils systems with lower detection
levels .......................................................................................................................................................7
6.3 Other test methods ................................................................................................................................8
7 Instrument adjustment ..........................................................................................................................8
Figures
Figure 1 — Representation of eddy current control using encircling coils .................................................6
Figure 2 — Representation of eddy current systems that involve a relative rotational motion
between the tube and the probe (helicoidal control of the tube) ......................................................6
7541014/10787806875Biblio
2
DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02
EN 1971-1:2011 (E)
Foreword
This document (EN 1971-1:2011) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and
copper alloys”, the secretariat of which is held by DIN.
text or by endorsement, at the latest by June 2012, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at
the latest by June 2012.
countries are bound to implement this European Standard: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech
Within its programme of work, Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 requested CEN/TC 133/WG 3 "Copper
tubes (installation and industrial)" to revise the following document:
EN 1971:1998, Copper and copper alloys — Eddy current test for tubes
This is one of two parts of the standard for the eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round
copper and copper alloy tubes. The other part is:
EN 1971-2, Copper and copper alloys — Eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round copper
and copper alloy tubes — Part 2: Test with an internal probe on the inner surface
In comparison with the first edition of EN 1971:1998, the following significant technical changes were made:
 split of and extension in two parts;
 modification of Scope – introduction of the choice of test method with encircling coil or internal probe.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02
EN 1971-1:2011 (E)
Introduction
The eddy current test described in this European Standard has the objective of detecting during production
potential leaks and serious defects in seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes.
The eddy current test is able to detect material inhomogeneities and their positions throughout the length of
tubes. The eddy current signals of material inhomogeneities are compared with reference signals of artificially
produced test defects. It is possible to identify these inhomogeneities on the inner and outer surfaces as well
as within the tube wall.
Since the distribution of eddy currents decreases as the distance from the test coil increases, the amplitude of
defect signals also decreases with increasing distance from the test coil. Thus the eddy current test with
encircling test coil on the outer surface is less sensitive to defects on the inner surface.
The purpose of this standard is not to define a method of measuring the actual extent of the material
inhomogeneities as the signal amplitude is dependent on, amongst other factors, volume, form and position of
the inhomogeneity.
Due to end effects, it is not possible to effectively test the ends of the tubes. The purchaser and the supplier
could agree that the end effect may be overcome by cutting to length after testing.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
4
DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02
EN 1971-1:2011 (E)
1 Scope
This part of this European Standard specifies a procedure for the eddy current test with an encircling test coil
for measuring defects on the outer surface of seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes.
NOTE The eddy current test method(s) required, together with the size range and acceptance level, are defined in
the relevant product standard.
The choice of the method for eddy current test:
 with an encircling test coil on the outer surface according EN 1971-1;
or
 with an internal probe on the inner surface according EN 1971-2;
is at the discretion of the manufacturer if there are no other agreements between the purchaser and the supplier.
The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document. For dated
references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced
document (including any amendments) applies.
EN 473, Non-destructive testing — Qualification and certification of NDT personnel — General principles
EN ISO 12718, Non-destructive testing — Eddy current testing — Vocabulary (ISO 12718:2008)

For the purposes of this document, the terms and definitions given in EN ISO 12718 apply.
4 General requirements
4.1 Personnel qualification
The eddy current test shall be made by operators trained in this technique and it shall be done under the
responsibility of qualified staff.
When agreed upon between the purchaser and the supplier, qualification of the personnel shall be certified
according to EN 473.
4.2 Condition of tube to be tested
Tubes shall be sufficiently clean and straight to permit satisfactory operation of the drive mechanism and eddy
current test equipment.
4.3 Equipment
The driving mechanism shall drive the tube through the encircling coil as concentrically and vibration-free as
possible.
The variation in test sensitivity due to changes of speed and tube position within the encircling coil shall be
maintained within ± 2 dB.
Either encircling test coils or a system that involves relative rotational motion between the tube and either one
or several surface probes can be used for testing (see Figures 1 and 2).
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02
EN 1971-1:2011 (E)
Key
1 secondary coil
2 primary coil
3 tube
f frequency
~
∆V difference of the measured voltage
Figure 1 — Representation of eddy current control using encircling coils
NOTE 1 Figure 1 is a simplified representation of an encircling coil with one primary coil and secondary coils
(differential measurement)
Key Key
a direction of rotation of the probe b direction of rotation of the tube
1 surface probe 1 surface probe
2 tube 2 tube
3 rollers
a) Surface probe rotating b) Tube rotating
with linear motion of the tube with linear motion of the probe
Figure 2 — Representation of eddy current systems that involve a relative rotational motion
between the tube and the probe (helicoidal control of the tube)
NOTE 2 The surface probe can have different forms, for example single coil or multiple coils with various
configurations.
Test speed shall be compatible with the coil excitation frequency.
In the case of a test with relative rotational motion between the tube and the surface probe only, the linear
7541014/10787806875Biblio
speed shall be adjusted in order to test the whole surface of the tube.
6
DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02
EN 1971-1:2011 (E)
The distance between the probe and the outer surface of the tube shall be kept as small as possible so that
the sensitivity of the test is sufficient.
NOTE 3 For encircling coils, the usual frequencies are in the range 1 kHz to 125 kHz.
5 Reference standard tube

Unless otherwise specified in the relevant product standard, a reference standard tube is made of a defect-
free tube of the same dimensions and specified properties as the tube to be tested.
During the reference test, the influence of dynamic conditions shall be taken into account.
NOTE The producer can ensure that this requirement is met by the appropriate option subject to the type of the
installation, such as:
a) for control devices not in-line with production, the reference tube should be long enough to ensure the same dynamic
conditions for the reference test as for normal line operating speed;
or
b) for in-line installations:
 the reference standard tube should be passed through the test equipment at the normal line operating speed; or
 the control devices should include a dynamic effect compensating unit to take into account the speed
differences between the reference tube throughput speed and the normal line operating speed.
Either the reference standard tube shall have three holes located on three generating lines at 120°, or only
one hole. If a reference standard tube with three holes is used, the holes shall be spaced from each other and
from each end, sufficiently to obtain separate signals from each hole without interference from the tube ends.
If a reference standard tube with only one hole is used, then this tube shall be passed through the encircling
coil three times with the tube being turned by 120°.
The maximum drill diameter for the various dimension ranges is defined in the relevant product standards.
Other reference standard tube types may be considered if they are demonstrated as more relevant for certain
products; they shall be defined in the relevant product standards.
6 Acceptance criteria
6.1 Detection of local discontinuities by encircling coils systems
Local discontinuities of the tubes, including beginning and end of long regular discontinuities and variations of
long discontinuities, are detected as defects with encircling coils systems.
The sorting limit shall be the smallest amplitude of the three signals produced by the hole or holes in the
reference standard tube.
6.2 Detection of non-local discontinuities by encircling coils systems with lower detection
levels
Non-local discontinuities of the tube could be identified as defects by one of the methods defined for this
purpose, according to the requirements of the relevant product standards.
Some discontinuities of the tube, which individually are not considered as defective, might cause signals lower
than the detection threshold of the normal sorting limit for local defects but higher than a second selected
7541014/10787806875Biblio
lower detection threshold Sl. The signals for the lower and normal detection thresholds are related by a ratio
K2, which shall be determined by the manufacturer of the tube, as follows:
DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02
EN 1971-1:2011 (E)
Sl
K 2= (1)
Sn
where
Sl is the signal for the lower detection threshold;
Sn is the signal for the normal detection threshold.
A maximum density of defects d0 shall be calculated as follows:
N0
d0= (2)
L0
where
N0 is the maximum permissible number of discontinuities in a pre-set length;
L0 is the pre-set length.
NOTE Both N0 and L0 should be determined by the tube manufacturer if they are not specified in the relevant product
standard.
Discontinuity signals ranging between the two sorting limits of the lower and normal detection thresholds along
the pre-set length L0 shall be counted as N.
When the real density d = N/L0 exceeds d0, the entire pre-set length affected shall be considered defective.
6.3 Other test methods
For other test methods the acceptance criteria shall be defined specifically, such as for a system involving
relative rotational motion between the tube and the surface probe. Equal or higher sensitivity shall be
demonstrated.
7 Instrument adjustment
The test system shall be adjusted, using a reference standard tube in accordance with Clause 5.
If the test instrument operates with phase selection, the signals from the defects to be detected shall lie within
the determined phase ranges.
The sensitivity of the instrument shall be adjusted so that the smallest of the three signals exceeds the
response threshold of the sorting limit.
Adjustment of the instrument shall be carried out and checked for each change of product and at regular
intervals of not more than 8 h during periods of continuous operation.
If any check shows that a loss of sensitivity exceeding 2 dB has occurred, all the tubes tested since the last
check shall be considered as not tested.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
8
February 2012
DIN EN 1971-2
D
ICS 23.040.15; 77.150.30

Eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round copper and
copper alloy tubes –
Part 2: Test with an internal probe on the inner surface
English translation of DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02

Wirbelstromprüfung an Rohren zur Messung von Fehlern an nahtlos gezogenen runden
Rohren aus Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen –
Teil 2: Prüfung mit Innensonde auf der Innenseite
Englische Übersetzung von DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02
Méthode de contrôle par courants de Foucault pour le mesurage des défauts des tubes
ronds sans soudure en cuivre et alliages de cuivre –
Partie 2: Essai avec un capteur interne sur la paroi interne
Traduction anglaise de DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02

7541014/10787806875Biblio

©
www.din.de !$yx}"
DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02
National foreword
und Industrie).
7541014/10787806875Biblio
2
EUROPEAN STANDARD EN 1971-2
NORME EUROPÉENNE
ICS 23.040.15; 77.150.30
English Version
Copper and copper alloys - Eddy current test for measuring

defects on seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes -
Part 2: Test with an internal probe on the inner surface
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Méthode de contrôle par Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Wirbelstromprüfung an
courants de Foucault pour le mesurage des défauts des Rohren zur Messung von Fehlern an nahtlos gezogenen
tubes ronds sans soudure en cuivre et alliages de cuivre - runden Rohren aus Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Teil 2:
Partie 2: Essai avec un capteur interne sur la paroi interne Prüfung mit Innensonde auf der Innenseite


7541014/10787806875Biblio
© 2011 CEN All rights of exploitation in any form and by any means reserved Ref. No. EN 1971-2:2011: E
DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02
EN 1971-2:2011 (E)
Contents Page
Foreword ..............................................................................................................................................................3
Introduction .........................................................................................................................................................4
1 Scope ......................................................................................................................................................5
4.2 Condition of tube to be tested ..............................................................................................................5
4.3 Equipment ..............................................................................................................................................6
5 Reference standard tube .......................................................................................................................6
6.1 Detection of local discontinuities by internal probes systems ........................................................7
6.2 Detection of non-local discontinuities by internal probes systems with lower detection
levels .......................................................................................................................................................7
6.3 Other test methods ................................................................................................................................8
Bibliography ........................................................................................................................................................9
Figures
Figure 1 — Simplified representation of eddy current testing using internal probe ...................................6
7541014/10787806875Biblio
2
DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02
EN 1971-2:2011 (E)
Foreword
This document (EN 1971-2:2011) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and
Within its programme of work, Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 requested CEN/TC 133/WG 3 "Copper
tubes (installation and industrial)" to prepare the following document:
and copper alloy tubes — Part 2: Test with an internal probe on the inner surface
This is one of two parts of the standard for the eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round
copper and copper alloy tubes. The other part is:
and copper alloy tubes — Part 1:Test with an encircling test coil on the outer surface
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02
EN 1971-2:2011 (E)
Introduction
The eddy current test with internal probe described in this standard has the objective of detecting potential
leaks and serious defects in seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes.
The eddy current test is able to detect material inhomogeneities and their positions throughout the length of
tubes. The eddy current signals of material inhomogeneities are compared with reference signals of artificially
produced test defects. It is possible to identify these inhomogeneities on the inner and outer surfaces as well
as within the tube wall.
Since the distribution of eddy currents decreases as the distance from the test coil increases, the amplitude of
defect signals also decreases with increasing distance from the test coil. Thus the eddy current test with
internal probe on the inner surface is less sensitive to defects on the outer surface.
The purpose of this standard is not to define a method of measuring the actual extent of the material
inhomogeneities as the signal amplitude is dependent on, amongst other factors, volume, form and position of
the inhomogeneity.
Due to end effects, it is not possible to effectively test the ends of the tubes. The purchaser and the supplier
could agree that the end effect may be overcome by cutting to length after testing.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
4
DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02
EN 1971-2:2011 (E)
1 Scope
This European Standard specifies a procedure for the eddy current test with an internal probe for measuring
defects on the inner surface of seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes.
This European Standard applies particularly for finned tubes with high fins according to EN 12452.
NOTE The eddy current test method(s) required, together with the size range and acceptance level, are defined in
the relevant product standard.
The choice of the method for eddy current test:
 with an encircling test coil on the outer surface according EN 1971-1
or
 with an internal probe on the inner surface according EN 1971-2
is at the discretion of the manufacturer if there are no other agreements between the purchaser and the supplier.
Especially for finned tubes according to EN 12452 with high fins, it is recommended to use eddy current test with internal
probe as described in this standard.
EN 473, Non-destructive testing — Qualification and certification of NDT personnel — General principles
EN ISO 12718, Non-destructive testing — Eddy current testing — Vocabulary (ISO 12718:2008)

For the purposes of this document, the terms and definitions given in EN ISO 12718 apply.
The eddy current test shall be made by operators trained in this technique and it shall be done under the
responsibility of qualified staff.
When agreed upon between the purchaser and the supplier, qualification of the personnel shall be certified
4.2 Condition of tube to be tested
Tubes shall be sufficiently clean and straight to permit satisfactory operation of optionally drive mechanism
and eddy current test equipment.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02
EN 1971-2:2011 (E)
4.3 Equipment
The internal probe shall be moved through the tubes as vibration-free as possible.
The variation in test sensitivity due to changes of speed and internal probe position within the tubes shall be
maintained within ± 2 dB.
The internal probe can be moved manually or by using a drive mechanism (see Figure 1).
Key
1 tube with fins on the outside
2 internal probe
Figure 1 — Simplified representation of eddy current testing using internal probe
Test speed over the length of the tube shall be as constant as possible.
The distance between the probe and the inner surface of the tube shall be kept as small as possible so that
the sensitivity of the test is sufficient.
NOTE For internal probes, the usual frequencies are in the range 1 kHz to 125 kHz.
5 Reference standard tube

Unless otherwise specified in the relevant product standard, a reference standard tube is made of a defect-
free tube of the same dimensions and specified properties as the tube to be tested.
During the reference test, the influence of dynamic conditions shall be taken into account.
NOTE The producer can ensure that this requirement is met by the appropriate option subject to the type of the
installation, such as:
a) for control devices not in-line with production, the reference tube should be long enough to ensure the same dynamic
conditions for the reference test as for normal line operating speed;
or
b) the control devices should include a dynamic effect compensating unit to take into account the speed differences
between the reference tube throughput speed and the normal line operating speed.
Either the reference standard tube shall have three holes located on three generating lines at 120°, or only
one hole. If a reference standard tube with three holes is used, the holes shall be spaced from each other and
from each end, sufficiently to obtain separate signals from each hole without interference from the tube ends.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
If a reference standard tube with only one hole is used, then this tube shall be used three times being turned
by 120°.
6
DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02
EN 1971-2:2011 (E)
The maximum drill diameter for the various dimension ranges is defined in the relevant product standards.
Other reference standard tube types may be considered if they are demonstrated as more relevant for certain
products; they shall be defined in the relevant product standards.
6.1 Detection of local discontinuities by internal probes systems
Local discontinuities of the tubes, including beginning and end of long regular discontinuities and variations of
long discontinuities, are detected as defects with internal probes systems.
The sorting limit shall be the smallest amplitude of the three signals produced by the hole or holes in the
reference standard tube.
6.2 Detection of non-local discontinuities by internal probes systems with lower detection
levels
Non-local discontinuities of the tube could be identified as defects by one of the methods defined for this
purpose, according to the requirements of the relevant product standards.
Some discontinuities of the tube, which individually are not considered as defective, might cause signals lower
than the detection threshold of the normal sorting limit for local defects but higher than a second selected
lower detection threshold Sl. The signals for the lower and normal detection thresholds are related by a ratio
K2, which shall be determined by the manufacturer of the tube, as follows:
Sl
K2= (1)
Sn
where
Sl is the signal for the lower detection threshold;
Sn is the signal for the normal detection threshold.
A maximum density of defects d0 shall be calculated as follows:
N0
d0= (2)
L0
where
N0 is the maximum permissible number of discontinuities in a pre-set length;
L0 is the pre-set length.
NOTE Both N0 and L0 should be determined by the tube manufacturer if they are not specified in the relevant product
standard.
Discontinuity signals ranging between the two sorting limits of the lower and normal detection thresholds along
the pre-set length L0 shall be counted as N.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
When the real density d = N/L0 exceeds d0, the entire pre-set length affected shall be considered defective.
DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02
EN 1971-2:2011 (E)
6.3 Other test methods
For other test methods the acceptance criteria shall be defined specifically, such as for a system involving
relative rotational motion between the tube and the surface probe. Equal or higher sensitivity shall be
demonstrated.
The test system shall be adjusted, using a reference standard tube in accordance with Clause 5.
If the test instrument operates with phase selection, the signals from the defects to be detected shall lie within
the determined phase ranges.
The sensitivity of the instrument shall be adjusted so that the smallest of the three signals exceeds the
response threshold of the sorting limit.
Adjustment of the instrument shall be carried out and checked for each change of product and at regular
intervals of not more than 8 h during periods of continuous operation.
If any check shows that a loss of sensitivity exceeding 2 dB has occurred, all the tubes tested since the last
check shall be considered as not tested.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
8
DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02
EN 1971-2:2011 (E)
Bibliography
EN 12452, Copper and copper alloys — Rolled, finned, seamless tubes for heat exchangers
7541014/10787806875Biblio
January 2013
DIN EN 1976
D
DIN EN 1976:1998-05

Cast unwrought copper products;
English version EN 1976:2012,
English translation of DIN EN 1976:2013-01

Gegossene Rohformen aus Kupfer;
Englische Fassung EN 1976:2012,
Englische Übersetzung von DIN EN 1976:2013-01
Formes brutes de coulée en cuivre;
Version anglaise EN 1976:2012,
Traduction anglaise de DIN EN 1976:2013-01

7541014/10787806875Biblio

©
www.din.de !$Å`t"
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
National foreword
(Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Working Committee NA 066-02-01 AA Hüttenkupfer und Schrotte.
The DIN Standard corresponding to the International Standard referred to in this document is as follows:
IEC 60468 DIN IEC 60468
Amendments
a) the terms and definitions in Clause 3 for the various refinery shapes have been adopted from ISO 197-2;
b) Table 2, column “Cu-FRHC”, “Other elements” has been modified and a new footnote “d” has been
added.
Previous editions
DIN 1708: 1925-04, 1935-10, 1941-02, 1953-07, 1960-09, 1973-01

DIN EN 1976: 1998-05
National Annex NA
(informative)
Bibliography
DIN IEC 60468, Method of measurement of resistivity of metallic materials

7541014/10787806875Biblio
NORME EUROPÉENNE
EUROPÄISCHE NORM October 2012
English Version
Copper and copper alloys - Cast unwrought copper products
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Formes brutes de coulée en Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Gegossene Rohformen aus
cuivre Kupfer
This European Standard was approved by CEN on 18 August 2012.
Finland, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania,
Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and United
Kingdom.


7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
Contents Page
Foreword ..............................................................................................................................................................3
1 Scope ......................................................................................................................................................4
4 Designations ..........................................................................................................................................5
4.1 Material ...................................................................................................................................................5
4.2 Product ...................................................................................................................................................5
5 Ordering information .............................................................................................................................6
6 Requirements .........................................................................................................................................7
6.1 Composition ...........................................................................................................................................7
6.2 Electrical properties ..............................................................................................................................7
6.3 Hydrogen embrittlement .................................................................................................................... 12
6.4 Scale adhesion .................................................................................................................................... 13
6.5 Dimensions, mass and tolerances .................................................................................................... 13
6.6 Physical condition of refinery shapes .............................................................................................. 15
7 Sampling .............................................................................................................................................. 16
7.1 Arrangement of lots for sampling purposes .................................................................................... 16
7.2 Inspection lots for analysis and physical testing............................................................................ 16
8 Test methods....................................................................................................................................... 17
8.1 Analysis ............................................................................................................................................... 17
8.2 Physical tests ...................................................................................................................................... 17
8.3 Rounding of results ............................................................................................................................ 18
9 Declaration of conformity and inspection documentation ............................................................. 18
9.1 Declaration of conformity .................................................................................................................. 18
9.2 Inspection documentation ................................................................................................................. 18
10 Marking ................................................................................................................................................ 18
Annex A (informative) Available products and grades................................................................................. 19

Annex B (informative) Information on electrical resistivity and conductivity relationships .................... 20
Bibliography ..................................................................................................................................................... 22
7541014/10787806875Biblio
2
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
Foreword
text or by endorsement, at the latest by April 2013, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at the
latest by April 2013.
This is one of a series of European Standards for products manufactured from refined copper grades.
Other products are specified as follows:
 EN 1977, Copper and copper alloys — Copper drawing stock (wire rod);
 EN 1978, Copper and copper alloys — Copper cathodes.
In comparison with the first edition of EN 1976:1998, the following significant changes were made:
a) Clause 3, Terms and definitions for the various refinery shapes have been added from ISO 197-2;
b) Table 2, Cu-FRHC, Other elements – content has been modified and a new footnote "d" has been added.
Within its programme of work, Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 requested CEN/TC 133/WG 1 "Unwrought
copper products" to revise the following standard:
EN 1976:1998, Copper and copper alloys — Cast unwrought copper products.
According to the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations, the national standards organisations of the following
Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, France, Germany, Greece,
Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal,
Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and the United Kingdom.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
1 Scope
This European Standard specifies the composition and physical properties of cast unwrought copper products
(refinery shapes) in thirteen grades of copper and nine silver-bearing copper grades. The refinery shapes
included are horizontally, vertically and continuously cast wire bars, cakes, billets and ingots. Wire bars, cakes
and billets are intended for fabricating into wrought products; ingots are intended for alloying in wrought and
cast copper alloys.
A table indicating the refinery shapes in which each copper grade is normally available is given in Annex A.
Annex B gives information on the relationships between electrical resistivity and conductivity of copper.
The following documents, in whole or in part, are normatively referenced in this document and are
indispensable for its application. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references,
the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments) applies.
EN 1655, Copper and copper alloys — Declarations of conformity
EN 10204, Metallic products — Types of inspection documents
EN ISO 2626, Copper — Hydrogen embrittlement test (ISO 2626)
IEC 60468, Method of measurement of resistivity of metallic materials
ISO 4746, Oxygen-free copper — Scale adhesion test

For the purposes of this document, the following terms and definitions apply.
3.1
unwrought product
refinery shape
general term for unwrought products obtained by refining or melting and casting processes, intended for
further processing
EXAMPLE Examples of unwrought products are cathodes, wire bars, cakes, billets, ingots.
[SOURCE: ISO 197-2:1983, 2.1]
3.2
wire bar
cast unwrought product normally of approximately square cross-section, with or without tapered ends,
principally used for rolling into drawing stock or flat products for subsequent processing into wire, strip or
profile
[SOURCE: ISO 197-2:1983, 2.3]
3.3
cake
cast unwrought product of rectangular cross-section, generally used for rolling into plate, sheet, strip or
profiles
7541014/10787806875Biblio
[SOURCE: ISO 197-2:1983, 2.4]
4
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
3.4
billet
cast unwrought product of circular cross-section used for the production of tube, rod, bar, profiles or forgings
[SOURCE: ISO 197-2:1983, 2.5]
3.5
ingot
ingot bar
cast unwrought product in a form suitable only for remelting primarily for the production of copper and copper
alloys
[SOURCE: ISO 197-2:1983, 2.6]
4 Designations
4.1 Material
4.1.1 General
The material is designated either by symbol or number (see Tables 1 to 4).
4.1.2 Symbol
The material symbol designation is based on the designation system given in ISO 1190-1.
NOTE Although material symbol designations used in this standard might be the same as those in other standards
using the designation system given in ISO 1190-1, the detailed composition requirements are not necessarily the same.
4.1.3 Number
The material number designation is in accordance with the system given in EN 1412.
4.2 Product
The product designation provides a standardized pattern of designation from which a rapid and unequivocal
description of a product is conveyed in communication. It provides mutual comprehension at the international
level with regard to products which meet the requirements of the relevant European Standard.
The product designation is no substitute for the full content of the standard.
The product designation for products to this standard shall consist of:
 denomination (Billet, Wire bar, Cake or Ingot);
 number of this European Standard (EN 1976);
 material designation, either symbol or number (see Tables 1 to 4);
 cross-sectional shape (the following designations shall be used as appropriate: RND for round, SQR for
square, RCT for rectangular);
 nominal dimensions (diameter, or width x thickness, and length);

7541014/10787806875Biblio
 nominal unit mass, (if appropriate).
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
The derivation of a product designation is shown in the following example.
EXAMPLE Billets conforming to this standard, in material designated either Cu-ETP or CR004A, round cross-
section, nominal diameter 250 mm × nominal length 1 000 mm, are designated as follows:
Billet EN 1976 — Cu-ETP — RND 250 × 1 000

or
Billet EN 1976 — CR004A — RND 250 × 1 000
Denomination
Number of this European Standard
Material designation
Cross-sectional shape and nominal dimensions in millimetres
5 Ordering information
In order to facilitate the enquiry, order and confirmation of order procedures between the purchaser and the
supplier, the purchaser shall state on his enquiry and order the following information:
a) quantity of product required (mass);
b) denomination (Billet, Wire bar, Cake or Ingot);
c) number of this European Standard (EN 1976);
d) material designation (see Tables 1 to 4);
e) cross-sectional shape required;
f) nominal dimensions (i.e. diameter, or width × thickness, and length) and nominal mass, where appro-
priate (see Table 7 for wire bar dimensions).
It is recommended that the product designation, as described in 4.2, is used for items b) to f).
In addition, the purchaser shall also state on the enquiry and order any of the following, if required:
g) for Cu-ETP and Cu-FRHC only: if oxygen content is higher than 0,040 % (see Table 2, Footnote b);
h) for Cu-FRHC only: if the total impurities content is higher than 0,06 % (see Table 2, Footnote d);
i) for ingots only: whether they are to be marked with a furnace charge mark;
j) the tests, if any, which the purchaser requires to be carried out by the manufacturer on the product,
selected from the tests appropriate to each copper grade given in Table 6;
k) whether a declaration of conformity is required (see 9.1);
l) whether an inspection document is required, and if so, which type (see 9.2).
7541014/10787806875Biblio
6
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
6 Requirements
6.1 Composition
The composition of the refinery shapes shall conform to the requirements for the appropriate grade given in
Tables 1 to 4.
6.2 Electrical properties
The maximum mass resistivity at 20 °C of each refinery shape shall conform to the appropriate requirements
given in Table 5. The test shall be carried out in accordance with 8.2.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1976:2013
- 01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
Table 1 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A)
Composition % (mass fraction)
Material Elements
designation listed in this
Ele- table other
Cu Ag As Bi Cd Co Cr Fe Mn Ni O P Pb S Sb Se Si Sn Te Zn
ment than copper
Symbol Number total excl.
min. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Cu-ETP1 CR003A
max. — 0,002 5 0,000 5a 0,000 20b —a —c —a 0,001 0c —a —c 0,040 —a 0,000 5 0,001 5 0,000 4a 0,000 20b —c —c 0,000 20 b —c 0,006 5 O
min. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Cu-OF1 CR007A
max. — 0,002 5 0,000 5a 0,000 20b —a —c —a 0,001 0c —a —c —d —a 0,000 5 0,001 5 0,000 4a 0,000 20b —c —c 0,000 20 b —c 0,006 5 O
min. 99,99 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Cu-OFE CR009A
max. — 0,002 5 0,000 5 0,000 20 0,000 1 — — 0,001 0 0,000 5 0,001 0 —d 0,000 3 0,000 5 0,001 5 0,000 4 0,000 20 — 0,000 2 0,000 20 0,000 1 — —
min. 99,99 — — — — — — — — — — 0,001 — — — — — — — — — —

Cu-PHCE CR022A
max. — 0,002 5 0,000 5 0,000 20 0,000 1 — — 0,001 0 0,000 5 0,001 0 —d 0,006 0,000 5 0,001 5 0,000 4 0,000 20 — 0,000 2 0,000 20 0,000 1 — —
a (As + Cd + Cr + Mn + P + Sb) maximum 0,001 5 %.
b (Bi + Se + Te) maximum 0,000 3 %, of which (Se + Te) maximum 0,000 30 %.
c (Co + Fe + Ni + Si + Sn + Zn) maximum 0,002 0 %.
d The oxygen content shall be controlled by the manufacturer so that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement requirements.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
8
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
Table 2 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades, other than those made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A)

Material designation Other elements
Element Cua Bi O Pb (see note)
Symbol Number total excluding
min. 99,90 — — — —
Cu-ETP CR004A Ag, O
max. — 0,000 5 0,040b 0,005 0,03
min. 99,90 — — — —
Cu-FRHC CR005A Ag, O
max. — — 0,040b — 0,06d
min. 99,90 — — — —
Cu-FRTP CR006A Ag, Ni, O
max. — — 0,100 — 0,05
min. 99,95 — — — —
Cu-OF CR008A Ag
max. — 0,000 5 —c 0,005 0,03
NOTE The total of other elements (than copper) is defined as the sum of Ag, As, Bi, Cd, Co, Cr, Fe, Mn, Ni, O, P,
Pb, S, Sb, Se, Si, Sn, Te and Zn, subject to the exclusion of any individual elements indicated.
a
Including silver, up to a maximum of 0,015 %.
b
Oxygen content up to 0,060 % is permitted, subject to agreement between the purchaser and the supplier.
c
The oxygen content shall be controlled by the manufacturer so that the material conforms to the hydrogen
embrittlement requirements.
d
Higher total impurities content is permitted, subject to agreement between the purchaser and the supplier.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
Table 3 — Composition of phosphorus-containing copper grades

Element Cua Bi P Pb (see note)
min. 99,95 — 0,001 — —
Cu-PHC CR020A Ag, P
max. — 0,000 5 0,006 0,005 0,03b
min. 99,95 — 0,002 — —
Cu-HCP CR021A Ag, P
max. — 0,000 5 0,007 0,005 0,03b
min. 99,90 — 0,005 — —
Cu-DLP CR023A Ag, Ni, P
max. — 0,000 5 0,013 0,005 0,03
min. 99,90 — 0,015 — —
Cu-DHP CR024A —
max. — — 0,040 — —c
min. 99,90 — 0,04 — —
Cu-DXP CR025A Ag, Ni, P
max. — 0,000 5 0,06 0,005 0,03
a Including silver, up to a maximum of 0,015 %.
b The oxygen content shall be controlled by the manufacturer so that the material conforms to the hydrogen
c If required, the permitted total of elements, other than silver and phosphorus, should be agreed between the
purchaser and the supplier.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
10
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
Table 4 — Composition of silver-containing copper grades (silver-bearing coppers)

Element Cu Ag Bi O P (see note)
min. Rem. 0,03 — — — —
CuAg0,04 CR011A Ag, O
max. — 0,05 0,000 5 0,040 — 0,03
min. Rem. 0,06 — — — —
max. — 0,08 0,000 5 0,040 — 0,03
min. Rem. 0,08 — — — —
max. — 0,12 0,000 5 0,040 — 0,03
min. Rem. 0,03 — — 0,001 —
CuAg0,04P CR014A Ag, P
max. — 0,05 0,000 5 —a 0,007 0,03
min. Rem. 0,06 — — 0,001 —
max. — 0,08 0,000 5 —a 0,007 0,03
min. Rem. 0,08 — — 0,001 —
max. — 0,12 0,000 5 —a 0,007 0,03
min. Rem. 0,03 — — — —
CuAg0,04(OF) CR017A Ag, O
max. — 0,05 0,000 5 —a — 0,006 5
min. Rem. 0,06 — — — —
max. — 0,08 0,000 5 —a — 0,006 5
min. Rem. 0,08 — — — —
max. — 0,12 0,000 5 —a — 0,006 5
a The oxygen content shall be controlled by the manufacturer so that the material conforms to the hydrogen
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
Table 5 — Electrical properties of grades of copper at 20 °C
Material designation Electrical properties

Nominal volume
Mass resistivity Nominal conductivity
Symbol Number resistivity
Ω · g/m2 µΩ · m MS/m % IACS
max. max. min. min.
Cu-ETP1 CR003A 0,151 76 (0,017 07) (58,58) (101,0)
Cu-ETP CR004A 0,153 28 (0,017 24) (58,00) (100,0)
Cu-FRHC CR005A 0,153 28 (0,017 24) (58,00) (100,0)
Cu-FRTP CR006A — — — —
Cu-OF1 CR007A 0,151 76 (0,017 07) (58,58) (101,0)
Cu-OF CR008A 0,153 28 (0,017 24) (58,00) (100,0)
Cu-OFE CR009A 0,151 76 (0,017 07) (58,58) (101,0)
Cu-PHC CR020A 0,153 28 (0,017 24) (58,00) (100,0)
Cu-HCP CR021A 0,155 96 (0,017 54) (57,00) (98,3)
Cu-PHCE CR022A 0,153 28 (0,017 24) (58,00) (100,0)
Cu-DLP CR023A — — — —
Cu-DHP CR024A — — — —
Cu-DXP CR025A — — — —
CuAg0,04 CR011A 0,153 28 (0,017 24) (58,00) (100,0)
CuAg0,07 CR012A 0,153 28 (0,017 24) (58,00) (100,0)
CuAg0,10 CR013A 0,153 28 (0,017 24) (58,00) (100,0)
CuAg0,04P CR014A 0,155 96 (0,017 54) (57,00) (98,3)
CuAg0,07P CR015A 0,155 96 (0,017 54) (57,00) (98,3)
CuAg0,10P CR016A 0,155 96 (0,017 54) (57,00) (98,3)
CuAg0,04(OF) CR017A 0,153 28 (0,017 24) (58,00) (100,0)
CuAg0,07(OF) CR018A 0,153 28 (0,017 24) (58,00) (100,0)
CuAg0,10(OF) CR019A 0,153 28 (0,017 24) (58,00) (100,0)
NOTE 1 Figures in parentheses are not requirements of this standard but are given for guidance purposes only.
NOTE 2 For an explanation of “% IACS”, see B.2.
6.3 Hydrogen embrittlement
Samples taken from refinery shapes in copper grades Cu-OF (CR008A), Cu-OF1 (CR007A), Cu-OFE
(CR009A), Cu-HCP (CR021A), Cu-PHC (CR020A), Cu-PHCE (CR022A), Cu-DLP (CR023A), Cu-DHP
(CR024A), Cu-DXP (CR025A), CuAg0,04(OF) (CR017A), CuAg0,07(OF) (CR018A), CuAg0,10(OF)
(CR019A), CuAg0,04P (CR014A), CuAg0,07P (CR015A) and CuAg0,10P (CR016A) shall show no evidence
of cracking, when tested. The test shall be carried out in accordance with 8.2.2.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
12
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
6.4 Scale adhesion
Samples taken from refinery shapes in copper grade Cu-OFE (CR009A) shall meet the requirements of the
scale adhesion test. The test shall be carried out in accordance with 8.2.3.
Table 6 — Tests for refinery shapes
Material designation Test appropriate to copper grade

Hydrogen Scale
Symbol Number Analysis Mass resistivity
embrittlement adhesion
Cu-ETP1 CR003A X X — —
Cu-ETP CR004A X X — —
Cu-FRHC CR005A X X — —
Cu-FRTP CR006A X — — —
Cu-OF1 CR007A X X Xa —
Cu-OF CR008A X X Xa —
Cu-OFE CR009A X X Xb X
Cu-PHC CR020A X X Xa —
Cu-HCP CR021A X X Xa —
Cu-PHCE CR022A X X Xb —
Cu-DLP CR023A X — Xa —
Cu-DHP CR024A X — Xa —
Cu-DXP CR025A X — Xa —
CuAg0,04 CR011A X X — —
CuAg0,07 CR012A X X — —
CuAg0,10 CR013A X X — —
CuAg0,04P CR014A X X Xa —
CuAg0,04(OF) CR017A X X Xa —
a The assessment criterion for hydrogen embrittlement shall be the close-bend test in accordance with EN ISO 2626.
b The assessment criterion for hydrogen embrittlement shall be the reverse bend test (10 reversals) in accordance
with EN ISO 2626.
6.5 Dimensions, mass and tolerances
6.5.1 Horizontally cast wire bars
Horizontally cast wire bars of various nominal masses shall conform to the appropriate dimensions and
tolerances given in Table 7 and Figure 1.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
Table 7 — Dimensions and tolerances for horizontally cast wire bars of various nominal masses
Dimensions and tolerances (see Figure 1)

Nominal
mass
L Tol. L1 Tol. h Tol. h1 Tol. b Tol. b1 Tol. R Tol. R1 Tol. R2 Tol.
kg α Tol. β Tol. γ Tol.
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
91 90 100 90 16
102 100 100 90 16
113 100 110 100 25
1370 ± 14 150 ±5 ±6 25 ±6 ±6 ±6 ±6 16 ±6 40 ±6 10° ± 2° 10° ± 2° 3° ± 1°
120 110 110 100 25
125 110 110 100 25
136 120 110 100 25
7541014/10787806875Biblio
14
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
Figure 1 — Dimensions of horizontally cast wire bars
6.5.2 Billets
Billets shall be of a cylindrical shape with both ends flat.
The mass, diameter and length and the maximum deviation from straightness shall conform to the tolerances
given in Table 8.
6.5.3 Other shapes
The mass, dimensions and straightness of vertically (either statically or continuously) cast wire bars, vertically
and horizontally cast cakes and ingots, shall conform to the tolerances given in Table 8.
6.6 Physical condition of refinery shapes

Cakes, billets and wire bars shall be substantially free from shrinkage defects, gas holes, cracks, cold sets,
pits, concave tops and other similar defects in set or casting.
NOTE No physical condition requirements are specified for ingots, as physical defects are generally of minor
consequence.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
Table 8 — Tolerances on mass and dimensions for refinery shapes

other than horizontally cast wire bars
Tolerances
Maximum
Refinery shape Width and Other deviation from
Mass Diameter Length
thickness dimensions straightness per
1 000 mm length
% mm mm mm mm
±2%
Billets (all sizes) ±5 ±3 of ordered — — 4
length
Cast wire bars:
- vertically continuously ±5 — — ±3 ±6 —
- vertically statically ±5 — — ±6 ±6 —
Cast cakes,
width, thickness:
- up to 200 mm ±5 — — ±3 — 4
- over 200 mm ±5 — — ±6 — 4
Ingots ± 10 — — — — —
7 Sampling
7.1 Arrangement of lots for sampling purposes
For refinery shapes produced in a batch process, the manufacturer shall arrange lots for sampling purposes
so that, as far as possible, each lot contains pieces from one furnace charge or production batch only.
For refinery shapes produced in a continuous process, the manufacturer shall arrange lots so that, as far as
possible, each lot contains pieces produced consecutively from the process.
NOTE A lot is the number of, or aggregate mass of, individual refinery shapes, appropriate to the total amount
ordered and to the means of shipment, which constitutes a unit for sampling purposes.
7.2 Inspection lots for analysis and physical testing
For the routine sampling of refinery shapes for analysis or for the routine determination of physical properties,
the method and rate of sampling each inspection lot shall be at the discretion of the sampler, unless otherwise
specified by the purchaser.
In cases of dispute concerning the analysis or physical properties, the method and rate of sampling each
inspection lot shall be agreed between the supplier, the purchaser, and if necessary, any mutually accepted
arbitrator.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
16
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
8 Test methods
8.1 Analysis
Analysis shall be carried out on the sample(s) obtained in accordance with 7.2.
The copper content of Cu-OFE (CR009A) and Cu-PHCE (CR022A) shall be determined by subtracting the
total percentage of the concentrations of the specified impurities present from 100 % (see Table 1).
For routine quality control purposes, the composition shall be determined using generally recognised
analytical techniques.
In cases of dispute concerning the results of analysis, the method(s) of analysis to be used shall be agreed
between the supplier, the purchaser and, if necessary, any mutually accepted arbitrator, and shall be for all
the impurities for which limits are specified in Table 1.
For expression of results, the rounding rules given in 8.3 shall be used.
8.2 Physical tests
8.2.1 Mass resistivity
For the routine determination of the mass resistivity, the test methods used shall be left to the discretion of the
tester.
In cases of dispute, the mass resistivity shall be determined on a representative sample from each inspection
lot (see 7.2). External oxide shall be removed from the sample which shall then be rolled and/or drawn to a
(2,00 ± 0,01) mm diameter wire.
The sample may be hot-worked initially, provided care is taken to avoid contamination or excessive oxidation.
The wire shall be degreased and annealed at (500 ± 10) °C for 30 min in an inert atmosphere and the mass
resistivity test carried out in accordance with IEC 60468.
NOTE Information on the relationship between the mass resistivity and the corresponding values for volume
resistivity and conductivity is given in Annex B.
8.2.2 Hydrogen embrittlement
When a hydrogen embrittlement test is carried out (see Table 6), the specimens prepared from a
representative sample from each inspection lot (see 7.2) shall be forged, or hot rolled, and cold drawn into
wire or strip (2,00 ± 0,05) mm diameter or thickness.
The hydrogen embrittlement test shall be carried out in accordance with EN ISO 2626.
The types of bend tests to be carried out at the conclusion of the procedure depend upon the copper grade
and shall be in accordance with Table 6.
8.2.3 Scale adhesion test
When a scale adhesion test is carried out (see Table 6), the specimens of Cu-OFE (CR009A) copper
prepared from a representative sample from each inspection lot (see 7.2) shall be tested in accordance with
ISO 4746.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
8.3 Rounding of results
For the purpose of determining conformity to the limits specified in this standard for composition or for
electrical resistivity, an observed or a calculated value obtained from a test shall be rounded in accordance
with the following procedure, which is based upon the guidance given in Annex B of ISO 80000-1:2009. It
shall be rounded in one step to the same number of figures used to express the specified limit in this standard.
The following rules shall be used for rounding:
a) if the figure immediately after the last figure to be retained is less than 5, the last figure to be retained
shall be kept unchanged;
b) if the figure immediately after the last figure to be retained is equal to or greater than 5, the last figure to
be retained shall be increased by one.
9 Declaration of conformity and inspection documentation
9.1 Declaration of conformity
When requested by the purchaser [see 5 j)] and agreed with the supplier, the supplier shall issue for the
product the appropriate declaration of conformity in accordance with EN 1655.
9.2 Inspection documentation
When requested by the purchaser [see 5 k)] and agreed with the supplier, the supplier shall issue for the
product the appropriate inspection document, in accordance with EN 10204.
10 Marking
All refinery shapes, with the exception of ingots, shall be permanently marked with the manufacturer's brand
and furnace charge mark or production number. Ingots shall have a brand stamped or cast-in, but need not
have a furnace charge mark unless otherwise specified by the purchaser [see 5 h)].
7541014/10787806875Biblio
18
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
Annex A
(informative)
Available products and grades
The refinery shapes in which each copper grade is normally available are shown, for information purposes, by
a 'X' in Table A.1.
Table A.1 — Available products and grades
Material designation Product
Wire bar
Symbol Number Cake Billet Ingot
vertical horizontal
Cu-ETP1 CR003A X X X X X
Cu-ETP CR004A X X X X X
Cu-FRHC CR005A X X X X X
Cu-FRTP CR006A — — X X X
Cu-OF1 CR007A X — X X —
Cu-OF CR008A X — X X —
Cu-OFE CR009A X — X X —
Cu-PHC CR020A X — X X —
Cu-HCP CR021A X — X X —
Cu-PHCE CR022A X — X X —
Cu-DLP CR023A X — X X —
Cu-DHP CR024A X — X X —
Cu-DXP CR025A X — X X —
CuAg0,04 CR011A X X X X —
CuAg0,04P CR014A X — X X —
CuAg0,04(OF) CR017A X — X X —
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
Annex B
(informative)
Information on electrical resistivity and conductivity relationships
B.1 Mass resistivity

This standard is intended to prescribe a minimum quality for the coppers specified, including, for several
grades, their electric current carrying suitabilities.
Determination of cross-sectional areas to the requisite degree of accuracy is difficult. Hence, in practice nearly
all assessments of resistivity are made by measuring the resistance, mass and length of a representative
sample. Mass resistivity can be calculated directly from these values and this gives a true measure of the
quality of the copper for carrying electric current.
Mass resistivity is therefore the property specified in this standard.
B.2 Standard annealed copper (IACS)

IEC 60028 uses evidence from earlier years (see USA National Bureau of Standards Circular 31, 1956,
superseded by USA National Bureau of Standards Handbook 100, 1966) to establish a fixed value for the
resistance to flow of an electric current within an imaginary “standard” annealed copper. This is based on a
volume resistivity of 1/58 µΩ · m or 0,017 241 µΩ · m at 20 °C which is defined as corresponding to a
conductivity of 100 % IACS at 20 °C. The introduction of the International ohm in 1948 altered the volume
resistivity of standard annealed copper by only 0,049 %.
Also on this earlier evidence, the standard annealed copper is allotted a density of 8 890 kg/m3 (8,89 g/cm3).
Hence, as the mass resistivity is the product of the volume resistivity and the density, the mass resistivity of
standard annealed copper is 0,153 28 Ω · g/m2.
B.3 Commercial annealed copper

IEC 60028 states that “the (electrical) conductivity of commercial annealed copper shall be expressed as a
percentage, at 20 °C, of that of standard annealed copper given to approximately 0,1 %”, on the assumption
that “the density of commercial annealed copper at 20 °C is 8,89 g/cm3”.
B.4 Nominal volume resistivity

The density of commercial copper varies with small changes in composition, particularly oxygen content.
Thus, a true volume resistivity can only be calculated from a measured mass resistivity if the true density of
the particular sample is known or is measured to the requisite degree of accuracy, i.e. better than 0,1 %.
For general purposes, however, a nominal volume resistivity may be calculated using the density of
8 890 kg/m3, as referred to in B.2. (This practice has been adopted in Table 5 of this standard in presenting
values for nominal volume resistivity and for nominal conductivity corresponding to the mandatory mass
resistivity.)
7541014/10787806875Biblio
20
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
B.5 Differences between measured and nominal values

If true volume resistivity or true conductivity is required from measured mass resistivity and therefore actual
density is used in calculation, differences of up to 0,6 % (for example for oxygen-free coppers) may result
between these values and the corresponding nominal values.
Conductivity calculated from the ratio of the mass resistivity of standard annealed copper (0,153 28 Ω · g/m2)
to the derived mass resistivity may also exhibit a similar disparity.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1976:2013-01
EN 1976:2012 (E)
Bibliography
[1] EN 1412, Copper and copper alloys — European numbering system
[2] IEC 60028, International standard of resistance for copper
[3] ISO 197-2:1983, Copper and copper alloys — Terms and definitions — Part 2: Unwrought products
(Refinery shapes)
[4] ISO 1190-1, Copper and copper alloys — Code of designation — Part 1: Designation of materials
[5] ISO 80000-1:2009, Quantities and units — Part 1: General

7541014/10787806875Biblio
22
April 2013
DIN EN 1977
D
DIN EN 1977:1998-05

Copper drawing stock (wire rod);

Vordraht aus Kupfer;
Fil machine en cuivre;

7541014/10787806875Biblio

©
www.din.de !$ÖY["
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
National foreword
alloys” (Secretariat: DIN, Germany), Working Group WG 1 “Unwrought copper products” (Secretariat:
AENOR, Spain).
(Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Working Committee NA 066-02-01 AA Hüttenkupfer und Schrotte.
The DIN Standard corresponding to the International Standard referred to in this document is as follows:
IEC 60468 DIN IEC 60468
Amendments
a) Table 2, column “Cu-FRHC”, “Other elements” has been modified and a new footnote “d” has been
added.
b) Subclauses 6.4 and 8.4 “Annealability” have been modified;
c) Subclause A.2 “Standard annealed copper (IACS)” has been updated;
d) Annex B (normative) “Rapid Elongation Test method (AR-Test) for diameter 8 mm Cu-ETP1 wire rod” has
been added.
Previous editions
DIN 17652: 1982-06

DIN EN 1977: 1998-05
National Annex NA
(informative)
Bibliography

7541014/10787806875Biblio
2
NORME EUROPÉENNE
EUROPÄISCHE NORM January 2013
English Version
Copper and copper alloys - Copper drawing stock (wire rod)
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Fil machine en cuivre Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Vordraht aus Kupfer
Kingdom.


7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
Contents Page
Foreword .......................................................................................................................................................3
Introduction ..................................................................................................................................................4
1 Scope ................................................................................................................................................5
2 Normative references .......................................................................................................................5
3 Terms and definitions ......................................................................................................................5
4 Designations ....................................................................................................................................5
4.1 Material .............................................................................................................................................5
4.2 Product .............................................................................................................................................6
5 Ordering information........................................................................................................................7
6 Requirements ...................................................................................................................................7
6.1 Composition .....................................................................................................................................7
6.2 Elongation ........................................................................................................................................7
6.3 Electrical properties .........................................................................................................................7
6.4 Annealability................................................................................................................................... 12
6.5 Hydrogen embrittlement ................................................................................................................ 12
6.6 Scale adhesion ............................................................................................................................... 13
6.7 Dimensions and tolerances ........................................................................................................... 13
6.8 Surface condition ........................................................................................................................... 13
6.9 Joins ............................................................................................................................................... 13
7 Sampling......................................................................................................................................... 13
7.1 General ........................................................................................................................................... 13
7.2 Analysis (oxygen only) and measurement of diameter of Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) drawing
stock ............................................................................................................................................... 14
7.3 Annealability testing of Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) drawing stock ......................................................... 14
7.4 Analysis (other than oxygen) and measurement of elongation and electrical properties of
Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) drawing stock ................................................................................................ 14
7.5 Tests on drawing stock in grades other than Cu-ETP1 (CW003A)............................................... 14
8 Test methods.................................................................................................................................. 15
8.1 Analysis .......................................................................................................................................... 15
8.2 Elongation ...................................................................................................................................... 15
8.3 Electrical resistivity........................................................................................................................ 15
8.4 Annealability................................................................................................................................... 16
8.5 Hydrogen embrittlement ................................................................................................................ 16
8.6 Scale adhesion ............................................................................................................................... 16
8.7 Rounding of results ....................................................................................................................... 16
9 Declaration of conformity and inspection documentation ........................................................... 16
9.1 Declaration of conformity .............................................................................................................. 16
9.2 Inspection documentation ............................................................................................................. 17
10 Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 17
Annex A (informative) Information on electrical resistivity and conductivity relationships ..................... 18

A.1 Volume resistivity........................................................................................................................... 18
A.2 Standard annealed copper (IACS) ................................................................................................. 18
A.3 Commercial annealed copper ........................................................................................................ 18
A.4 Nominal mass resistivity................................................................................................................ 18
A.5 Differences between measured and nominal values .................................................................... 19
Annex B (normative) Rapid Elongation Test method (AR-Test) for diameter 8 mm Cu-ETP1 wire
rod................................................................................................................................................... 20
B.1 General ........................................................................................................................................... 20
7541014/10787806875Biblio
B.2 Procedure ....................................................................................................................................... 20

B.3 Test results ..................................................................................................................................... 22
Bibliography................................................................................................................................................ 23
2
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
Foreword
text or by endorsement, at the latest by July 2013, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at the
latest by July 2013.
This document is one of a series of European Standards for products manufactured from refined copper
grades.
Other products are specified as follows:
 EN 1976, Copper and copper alloys — Cast unwrought copper products
 EN 1978, Copper and copper alloys — Copper cathodes
 EN 13602, Copper and copper alloys — Drawn, round copper wire for the manufacture of electrical
conductors
In comparison with EN 1977:1998, the following significant technical changes were made:
a) Table 2, Cu-FRHC, Other elements: content has been modified and a new footnote “d” has been added;
b) 6.4 and 8.4 “Annealability” have been modified;
c) A.2 “Standard annealed copper (IACS)” has been modified;
d) Annex B (normative) “Rapid Elongation Test method (AR-Test) for diameter 8 mm Cu-ETP1 wire rod” has
been added.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
Introduction
Copper drawing stock (wire rod) is normally manufactured by one of the following process routes:
 continuous casting and hot rolling in tandem;
 continuous or semi-continuous casting and cold rolling;
 rolling of wire bar or billets; or
 extrusion.
Annex A (informative) gives information on the relationships between electrical resistivity and conductivity (of
copper).
Annex B (normative) describes the rapid elongation test method (AR-Test) for diameter 8 mm Cu-ETP1 wire
rod.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
4
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
1 Scope
This European Standard specifies the composition, mechanical, electrical and physical properties for high
conductivity copper drawing stock (wire rod) suitable for fabrication into wire by cold drawing, principally for
the manufacture of electrical conductors. This European Standard covers drawing stock (wire rod), in nine
grades of copper and nine silver-bearing copper grades. Normally, the cross-section is approximately circular,
in a range of diameters from 6 mm.
EN 10204, Metallic products — Types of inspection documents
EN 12893, Copper and copper alloys — Determination of spiral elongation number
EN ISO 6892-1:2009, Metallic materials — Tensile testing — Part 1: Method of test at room temperature
(ISO 6892-1:2009)

3.1
drawing stock
wire rod
intermediate solid wrought product, of uniform cross-section along its whole length, supplied in coils
4 Designations
4.1 Material
4.1.1 General
The material is designated either by symbol or number (see Tables 1 to 4).

4.1.2 Symbol
4.1.3 Number
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
4.2 Product
The product designation provides a standardized pattern of designation from which a rapid and unequivocal
description of a product is conveyed in communication. It provides mutual comprehension at the international
level with regard to products which meet the requirements of the relevant European Standard.
The product designation for products to this European Standard shall consist of:
 denomination (copper drawing stock);
 material designation, either symbol or number (see Tables 1 to 4);
 nominal diameter;
 nominal coil mass;
 surface condition (the following designations shall be used, as appropriate: M for as manufactured, CL for
cleaned).
The derivation of a product designation is shown in the following example.
EXAMPLE
Drawing stock (wire rod) conforming to this standard, in material designated either Cu-ETP or CW004A,
nominal diameter 8 mm, in 1 000 kg coils, cleaned surface condition, shall be designated as follows:
Copper drawing stock EN 1977 − Cu-ETP − 8 − 1 000 − CL

or
Copper drawing stock EN 1977 − CW004A − 8 − 1 000 − CL
Denomination
Number of this
European Standard
Nominal diameter in millimetres

Nominal coil mass in kilograms
Surface condition
7541014/10787806875Biblio
6
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
In order to facilitate the enquiry, order and information of order procedures between the purchaser and the
supplier, the purchaser shall state on his enquiry and order the following information:
a) quantity of product required (mass or number of coils);
b) denomination (copper drawing stock);
c) number of this European Standard (EN 1977);
d) material designation (see Tables 1 to 4);
e) nominal diameter;
f) nominal coil mass;
g) surface condition (see 6.8).
It is recommended that the product designation as described in 4.2 is used for items b) to g).
h) whether joins are permitted in the coils (see 6.9);
i) additional tests, if any, which the purchaser requires to be carried out by the manufacturer on the
material, selected from the tests appropriate to each copper grade given in Table 5;
j) whether a declaration of conformity is required (see 9.1);
k) whether an inspection document is required, and if so which type (see 9.2).
EXAMPLE
Ordering details for 5 000 kg of drawing stock conforming to EN 1977, in material designated either Cu-ETP or CW004A,
nominal diameter 8 mm, in 1 000 kg coils, cleaned surface condition:
5 000 kg Copper drawing stock EN 1977 − Cu-ETP − 8 − 1 000 − CL

or
5 000 kg Copper drawing stock EN 1977 − CW004A − 8 − 1 000 − CL
6 Requirements
6.1 Composition
The composition shall conform to the requirements for the appropriate grade given in Tables 1 to 4.
6.2 Elongation
Hot-finished drawing stock shall have a minimum elongation of 30 %. The test shall be carried out in
accordance with 8.2.
No elongation requirements are specified for cold-finished drawing stock. If such requirements are necessary,
they should be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier.

7541014/10787806875Biblio
The maximum volume resistivity at 20 °C of hot-finished drawing stock shall conform to the appropriate
requirements given in Table 6. The test shall be carried out in accordance with 8.3.
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
Table 1 — Composition of copper grades made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A)

Elements
Material listed in
designation Cu Ag As Bi Cd Co Cr Fe Mn Ni O P Pb S Sb Se Si Sn Te Zn this table
Element other than
copper
excluding
total
Symbol Number
min. − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − −
Cu-ETP1 CW003A O
max. − 0,002 5 0,000 5a 0,000 20b −a −c −a 0,001 0c −a −c 0,040 −a 0,000 5 0,001 5 0,000 4a 0,000 20b −c −c 0,000 20b −c 0,006 5
min. − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − −
Cu-OF1 CW007A O
max. − 0,002 5 0,000 5a 0,000 20b −a −c −a 0,001 0c −a −c −d −a 0,000 5 0,001 5 0,000 4a 0,000 20b −c −c 0,000 20b −c 0,006 5
min. 99,99 − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − −
Cu-OFE CW009A −
max. − 0,002 5 0,000 5 0,000 20 0,000 1 − − 0,001 0 0,0005 0,0010 −d 0,000 3 0,000 5 0,001 5 0,000 4 0,000 20 − 0,000 2 0,000 20 0,000 1 −
min. 99,99 − − − − − − − − − − 0,001 − − − − − − − − −

Cu-PHCE CW022A −
max. − 0,002 5 0,000 5 0,000 20 0,000 1 − − 0,001 0 0,0005 0,0010 −d 0,006 0,000 5 0,001 5 0,000 4 0,000 20 − 0,000 2 0,000 20 0,000 1 −
a (As + Cd + Cr + Mn + P + Sb) max. 0,001 5 %.

b (Bi + Se + Te) max. 0,000 3 %, of which (Se + Te) max. 0,000 30 %.
c (Co + Fe + Ni + Si + Sn + Zn) max. 0,002 0 %.
d The oxygen content shall be controlled by the manufacturer so that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement requirements.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
8
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
Table 2 — Composition of copper grades, other than those made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A)

Material designation other elements
Element Cu a Bi O Pb
(see Note)
min. 99,90 — — — —
Cu-ETP CW004A Ag, O
max. — 0,000 5 0,040 b 0,005 0,03
min. 99,90 — — — —
Cu-FRHC CW005A b
Ag, O
max. — — 0,040 — 0,06 d
min. 99,95 − — — —
Cu-OF CW008A c
Ag
max. — 0,000 5 — 0,005 0,03
b Oxygen content up to 0,060 % is permitted, subject to agreement between the purchaser and the supplier.
c The oxygen content shall be controlled by the manufacturer so that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement
requirements.
d Higher total impurities content is permitted, subject to agreement between the purchaser and the supplier.
Table 3 — Composition of phosphorus-containing copper grades

Element Cu a Bi P Pb other elements (see Note)
min. 99,95 − 0,001 − −

Cu-PHC CW020A Ag, P
max. − 0,000 5 0,006 0,005 0,03 b
min. 99,95 − 0,002 − −
Cu-HCP CW021A Ag, P
max − 0,000 5 0,007 0,005 0,03 b
NOTE The total of other elements (than copper) is defined as the sum of Ag, As, Bi, Cd, Co, Cr, Fe, Mn, Ni, O, P, Pb,
S, Sb, Se, Si, Sn, Te and Zn, subject to the exclusion of any individual elements indicated.
b The oxygen content shall be controlled by the manufacturer so that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement
requirements.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
Table 4 — Composition of silver-containing copper grades (silver-bearing coppers)

Material designation other elements
Element Cu Ag Bi O P
(see Note)
min. Rem. 0,03 — — — —
CuAg0,04 CW011A Ag, O
max. — 0,05 0,000 5 0,040 — 0,03
min. Rem. 0,06 — — — —
max. — 0,08 0,000 5 0,040 — 0,03
min. Rem. 0,08 — − — —
max. — 0,12 0,000 5 0,040 — 0,03
min. Rem. 0,03 — — 0,001 —
CuAg0,04P CW014A Ag, P
max. — 0,05 0,000 5 —a 0,007 0,03
min. Rem. 0,06 — — 0,001 —

CuAg0,07P CW015A a
Ag, P
max. — 0,08 0,000 5 — 0,007 0,03
min. Rem. 0,08 — — 0,001 —

CuAg0,10P CW016A a
Ag, P
max. — 0,12 0,000 5 — 0,007 0,03
min. Rem. 0,03 — — — —

CuAg0,04(OF) CW017A a
Ag, O
max. — 0,05 0,000 5 — — 0,006 5
min. Rem. 0,06 — — — —

Ag, O
max. — 0,08 0,000 5 — — 0,006 5
min. Rem. 0,08 — — — —

Ag, O
max. — 0,12 0,000 5 — — 0,006 5
NOTE The total of other elements (than copper) is defined as the sum of Ag, As, Bi, Cd, Co, Cr, Fe, Mn, Ni, O, P, Pb,
S, Sb, Se, Si, Sn, Te and Zn, subject to the exclusion of any individual elements indicated.
a The oxygen content shall be controlled by the manufacturer so that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement
requirements.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
10
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
Table 5 — Tests applicable
Test appropriate to copper grade

Material designation Analysis Hydrogen Scale
Elongation a Volume resistivity Annealability Diameter
(including oxygen) embrittlement adhesion
Symbol Number
Cu-ETP1 CW003A X X X − − X X
Cu-ETP CW004A X X X − − − X
Cu-FRHC CW005A X X X − − − X
Cu-OF1 CW007A X X X Xb − − X
Cu-OF CW008A X X X Xb − − X
Cu-OFE CW009A X X X Xc X − X
Cu-PHC CW020A X X X Xb − − X
Cu-HCP CW021A X X X X b − − X
Cu-PHCE CW022A X X X Xc − − X
CuAg0,04 CW011A X X X − − − X
CuAg0,07 CW012A X X X − − − X
CuAg0,10 CW013A X X X − − − X
CuAg0,04P CW014A X X X Xb − − X
CuAg0,07P CW015A X X X X b − − X
CuAg0,10P CW016A X X X Xb − − X
CuAg0,04(OF) CW017A X X X Xb − − X
7541014/10787806875Biblio
a Normally this test is only applicable to hot-finished drawing stock. If requested for cold-finished material, then the minimum elongation required should be agreed between the purchaser
and the supplier.
b The assessment criterion for hydrogen embrittlement shall be the close-bend test in EN ISO 2626.
c The assessment criterion for hydrogen embrittlement shall be the reverse bend test (10 reversals) in EN ISO 2626.
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
Table 6 — Electrical properties of grades of copper at 20 °C
Material designation Electrical properties

Nominal mass
Volume resistivity Nominal conductivity
resistivity
Symbol Number
µΩ ∙ m Ω ∙ g/m2 MS/m % IACS
max. max. min. min.
Cu-ETP1 CW003A 0,017 07 (0,151 76) (58,58) (101,0)
Cu-ETP CW004A 0,017 24 (0,153 28) (58,00) (100,0)
Cu-FRHC CW005A 0,017 24 (0,153 28) (58,00) (100,0)
Cu-OF1 CW007A 0,017 07 (0,151 76) (58,58) (101,0)
Cu-OF CW008A 0,017 24 (0,153 28) (58,00) (100,0)
Cu-OFE CW009A 0,017 07 (0,151 76) (58,58) (101,0)
Cu-PHC CW020A 0,017 24 (0,153 28) (58,00) (100,0)
Cu-HCP CW021A 0,017 54 (0,155 97) (57,00) (98,3)
Cu-PHCE CW022A 0,017 24 (0,153 28) (58,00) (100,0)
CuAg0,04 CW011A 0,017 24 (0,153 28) (58,00) (100,0)
CuAg0,07 CW012A 0,017 24 (0,153 28) (58,00) (100,0)
CuAg0,10 CW013A 0,017 24 (0,153 28) (58,00) (100,0)
CuAg0,04P CW014A 0,017 54 (0,155 97) (57,00) (98,3)
CuAg0,07P CW015A 0,017 54 (0,155 97) (57,00) (98,3)
CuAg0,10P CW016A 0,017 54 (0,155 97) (57,00) (98,3)
CuAg0,04(OF) CW017A 0,017 24 (0,153 28) (58,00) (100,0)
CuAg0,07(OF) CW018A 0,017 24 (0,153 28) (58,00) (100,0)
CuAg0,10(OF) CW019A 0,017 24 (0,153 28) (58,00) (100,0)
NOTE 1 Figures in parentheses are not requirements of this European Standard but are given for guidance purposes
only.
NOTE 2 For an explanation of “% IACS”, see A.2.
6.4 Annealability
Drawing stock in copper grade Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) shall have a minimum spiral elongation number (S.E.N.)
of 350, when tested in accordance with EN 12893.
When tested according to the Annex B (AR-Test), the A200 value shall be at least 20 %. Otherwise the spiral
elongation test method given in EN 12893 shall be used as the reference method.
Drawing stock in copper grades Cu-OF1 (CW007A), Cu-OF (CW008A), Cu-OFE (CW009A),
CuAg0,04P (CW014A), CuAg0,07P (CW015A), CuAg0,10P (CW016A), CuAg0,04(OF) (CW017A),
CuAg0,07(OF) (CW018A), CuAg0,10(OF) (CW019A), Cu-PHC (CW020A), Cu-HCP (CW021A) and
Cu-PHCE (CW022A), shall show no evidence of cracking, when tested in accordance with 8.5.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
12
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
6.6 Scale adhesion
Drawing stock in copper grade Cu-OFE (CW009A) shall conform to the requirements of the scale adhesion
test, when tested in accordance with 8.6.
6.7 Dimensions and tolerances
The diameter of drawing stock, measured at any point, shall conform to the tolerances given in Table 7.
Tolerances on drawing stock having a nominal diameter greater than 35 mm should be subject to agreement
between the supplier and the purchaser.
Table 7 — Tolerances
Dimensions in millimetres
Nominal diameter Tolerances
over up to and including
+ 0,5
6,0a 6,35
− 0,25
6,35 19 ± 0,4
19 25 ± 0,6
25 35 ± 0,8
a Including 6,0.
6.8 Surface condition
The drawing stock shall be supplied in one of the following surface conditions, as specified by the purchaser in
the enquiry and order [see 5 g)]:
a) as manufactured; or
b) cleaned (with, or without, a protective coating).
Cleaned drawing stock shall be treated prior to delivery to remove the surface oxides resulting from the
production process and shall have a surface suitable for cold drawing without the need for preliminary
cleaning.
6.9 Joins
Each coil of drawing stock shall be supplied in one continuous length without joins, unless they are specifically
permitted in the order [see 5 h)].
7 Sampling
7.1 General
When required (e.g. if necessary in accordance with specified procedures of a supplier’s quality system, or when
the purchaser requests inspection documents with test results, or for use in cases of dispute), an inspection lot
shall be sampled as follows (see also Table 8):
a) in accordance with 7.2 to 7.4 for drawing stock in grade Cu-ETP1 (CW003A); or
7541014/10787806875Biblio
b) in accordance with 7.5 for drawing stock in grades other than Cu-ETP1 (CW003A).
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
Table 8 — Sampling rate
Mass of drawing stock for each sampling unit

Test
t
Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) other grades
Analysis (Oxygen) 60
Analysis (other than oxygen) 500
At the discretion of the
Diameter 60 manufacturer unless otherwise
Annealability 200 specified by the purchaser at
the time of enquiry and order.
Elongation 500
Electrical resistivity 200
7.2 Analysis (oxygen only) and measurement of diameter of Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) drawing
stock
The minimum rate of sampling shall be one sampling unit from every 60 t of drawing stock.
The sampling units shall be cut off the finished material and the test samples or test pieces prepared from
them shall not be subjected to any further treatment, other than any machining operations necessary in the
preparation of the test pieces.
7.3 Annealability testing of Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) drawing stock
For the determination of the annealability, the minimum rate of sampling shall be one sampling unit from every
200 t of finished drawing stock.
7.4 Analysis (other than oxygen) and measurement of elongation and electrical properties
of Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) drawing stock
For the determination of the composition, other than oxygen, and for elongation measurement, the minimum
rate of sampling shall be one sampling unit from every 500 t of drawing stock.
For the determination of the electrical resistivity, the minimum rate of sampling shall be one sampling unit from
every 200 t of drawing stock.
In all cases, the sampling units shall be cut off the finished material and the test samples or test pieces
prepared from them shall not be subjected to any further treatment, other than any machining operations
necessary in the preparation of the test pieces.
7.5 Tests on drawing stock in grades other than Cu-ETP1 (CW003A)

Unless otherwise specified by the purchaser, the sampling rates for testing drawing stock in grades other than
Cu-ETP1 (CW003A), shall be at the discretion of the manufacturer.
The sampling units shall be cut off the finished material and the test samples or test pieces prepared from
them shall not be subjected to any further treatment, other than any machining operations necessary in the
preparation of the test pieces.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
14
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
8 Test methods
8.1 Analysis
Analysis shall be carried out on the test sample(s) obtained in accordance with 7.2, 7.4 or 7.5, as appropriate.
The copper content of Cu-OFE (CW009A) and Cu-PHCE (CW022A) shall be determined by subtracting the
total percentage of the concentrations of the specified impurities present from 100 % (see Table 1).
For routine quality control purposes, the composition shall be determined using generally recognised
analytical techniques.
In cases of dispute concerning the results of analysis of Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) drawing stock, the methods used
shall be agreed between the disputing parties.
In cases of dispute concerning the results of analysis of drawing stock in grades other than Cu-ETP1
(CW003A), the method(s) of analysis to be used shall be agreed between the supplier, the purchaser and if
necessary, any mutually accepted arbitrator, and shall be for all impurities for which limits are specified in
Tables 1 to 4.
8.2 Elongation
The elongation shall be determined on a test piece cut from the sampling unit of drawing stock obtained in
accordance with 7.4 or 7.5 as appropriate. The test shall be on the full cross-section of the drawing stock
using the tensile testing method given in EN ISO 6892-1.
The load shall be applied gradually and uniformly to a straightened length of the sampling unit. An original
gauge length of 200 mm shall be used. The rate of separation of the crossheads of the machine shall not be in
excess of 240 mm/min.
At the completion of the test, the measured elongation value shall be valid, whatever the position of the
fracture, if the minimum specified value is achieved. If the minimum value is not reached, the determination
shall only be considered valid if the fracture occurs between the gauge marks and is not closer than 25 mm to
either mark.
8.3 Electrical resistivity
The volume resistivity, corrected to 20 °C, shall be determined on the sampling unit of drawing stock obtained
in accordance with 7.4 or 7.5, as appropriate, either;
a) by direct measurement on a cleaned sampling unit of the drawing stock; or

b) by measurement on a length of wire which has been drawn from the sampling unit to 2,00 mm ± 0,01 mm
diameter, coiled to a diameter of not less than 200 mm and annealed in an inert atmosphere at
500 °C ± 10 °C for not less than 30 min.
The volume resistivity shall be determined by one of the methods given in IEC 60468. The routine method
shall normally be used. In cases of dispute, however, the reference method shall be used.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
NOTE Information on the relationships between volume resistivity and conductivity are given in Annex A.
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
8.4 Annealability
Unless otherwise specified by the purchaser, the producer can choose between the AR-Test method
described in Annex B and the standard method given in EN 12893, in order to secure the annealability of the
finished drawing stock.
If the AR-Test result is less than 20 %, or in case of controversy, the spiral elongation test method given in
EN 12893 shall be used as the reference method on the sampling unit obtained in accordance with 7.3.
NOTE Annealability testing is applicable to grade Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) only.
The sampling unit of the drawing stock obtained in accordance with 7.5 shall be heated in a hydrogen
atmosphere, quenched in water, and assessed for hydrogen embrittlement, all in accordance with the method
given in EN ISO 2626.
NOTE The hydrogen embrittlement test is not applicable to grades Cu-ETP1 (CW003A), Cu-ETP (CW004A),
Cu-FRHC (CW005A), CuAg0,04 (CW011A), CuAg0,07 (CW012A) and CuAg0,10 (CW013A) (see Table 5).
For drawing stock in grades Cu-OFE (CW009A) and Cu-PHCE (CW022A), the reverse bend test piece shall
be used and the assessment of embrittlement shall be by the reverse bend test (10 reversals), followed by
visual examination for cracks, all in accordance with EN ISO 2626.
For drawing stock in all other grades for which the test is applicable, the close-bend test piece shall be used,
and the assessment of embrittlement shall be by the close-bend test, followed by visual examination for
cracks, all in accordance with EN ISO 2626.
8.6 Scale adhesion
The scale adhesion test method given in ISO 4746 shall be used on the sampling unit obtained in accordance
with 7.5.
NOTE Scale adhesion testing is applicable to grade Cu-OFE (CW009A) only.
For the purpose of determining conformity to the limits specified in this standard for composition, elongation or
electrical resistivity, an observed or a calculated value obtained from a test shall be rounded in accordance
with the following procedure, which is based upon the guidance given in Annex B of ISO 80000-1:2009. It
shall be rounded in one step to the same number of figures used to express the specified limit in this standard,
except that for elongation the rounding interval shall be 0,5 %.
a) if the figure immediately after the last figure to be retained is less than 5, the last figure to be retained
b) if the figure immediately after the last figure to be retained is equal to or greater than 5, the last figure to
When requested by the purchaser [see 5 j)] and agreed with the supplier, the supplier shall issue for the
7541014/10787806875Biblio
product the appropriate declaration of conformity in accordance with EN 1655.
16
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
When requested by the purchaser [see 5 k)] and agreed with the supplier, the supplier shall issue for the
product the appropriate inspection document in accordance with EN 10204.
10 Marking
Coils shall be marked individually, or otherwise identified with the following information:
a) the manufacturer's name, brand or trademark;
b) the number of this standard (EN 1977) and the grade designation for the material;
c) coils made by continuous casting and rolling shall also be identified with the coil production number and
the date of manufacture;
d) the net mass of the coil.
Any requirement for additional marking of coils shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
Annex A
(informative)
Information on electrical resistivity and conductivity relationships
A.1 Volume resistivity

The greatest use of copper drawing stock is for manufacturing electrical conductor wire that is drawn to close
dimensional tolerances (usually round). Therefore volume resistivity (resistance of a cross-section per unit
length) is the property most usually determined. Volume resistivity is therefore the mandatory property in this
European Standard.
For irregular sections, or in cases where the actual cross-sectional area is difficult to determine, mass
resistivity can be calculated from the resistance, mass and length of a sampling unit. If the density of the
sampling unit is known to be close to the density of standard copper, this method is an acceptable alternative
to volume resistivity.
In cases where the density is unknown or known to vary greatly, it is essential that the actual density of the
sample be determined in order to obtain the required accuracy of the value of resistivity.
A.2 Standard annealed copper (IACS)

IEC 60028 establishes a fixed value for the resistance to flow of an electric current within an imaginary "standard"
annealed copper. This is based on a volume resistivity of 1/58 µΩ∙m or 0,017 241 µΩ∙m at 20 °C. The introduction
of the International ohm in 1948 altered the volume resistivity of standard annealed copper by only 0,049 %.
The standard annealed copper is also allotted a density of 8 890 kg/m3 (8,89 g/cm3).
Hence, as the mass resistivity is the product of the volume resistivity and the density, the mass resistivity of
standard annealed copper is 0,153 28 Ω∙g/m2.
A.3 Commercial annealed copper

IEC 60028 states that “the (electrical) conductivity of commercial annealed copper shall be expressed as a
percentage, at 20 °C, of that of standard annealed copper given to approximately 0,1 %” on the assumption
that “the density of commercial annealed copper at 20 °C is 8,89 g/cm3”.
A.4 Nominal mass resistivity

The density of commercial copper varies with small changes in composition, particularly oxygen content.
Thus, true mass resistivity can only be calculated from a measured volume resistivity if the true density of the
particular sample is known or is measured to the requisite degree of accuracy, i.e. better than 0,1 %.
For general purposes, however, a nominal mass resistivity may be calculated using the density of
8 890 kg/m3, as referred to in A.2 (this practice has been adopted in Table 6 of this European Standard in
presenting values for nominal mass resistivity and for nominal conductivity corresponding to the mandatory
volume resistivity).
7541014/10787806875Biblio
18
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
A.5 Differences between measured and nominal values

If true mass resistivity or true conductivity is required from measured volume resistivity and therefore actual
density is used in calculation, differences of up to 0,6 % (for example for oxygen-free coppers) may result
between these values and the corresponding nominal values.
Conductivity calculated from the ratio of the mass resistivity of standard annealed copper (0,153 28 Ω ∙ g/m2)
to the derived mass resistivity may also exhibit a similar disparity.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
Annex B
(normative)
Rapid Elongation Test method (AR-Test) for

diameter 8 mm Cu-ETP1 wire rod
B.1 General
The test described in this annex is a short and fast method to obtain a good approximation for the
annealability. It is applicable for diameter 8 mm copper wire rod grade Cu-ETP1 only. It is based on the
essays that producers apply to perform a routine test according to their experience.
B.2 Procedure
B.2.1 Sampling and preparation of the test sample
The frequency of sampling shall be in accordance with Table 8 of this European Standard.
The sample shall be drawn down to diameter 6,30 mm ± 0,02 mm in one drawing step. In case of using a
drawing drum, the drum should have a minimum diameter of 400 mm.
The pointing zones at the ends of the wire shall be discarded. The length of the test sample excluding the
pointing zone shall be 270 mm.
The sampling and preparation parameters, tolerances and remarks are described in Table B.1, Steps 1, 2
and 3.
B.2.2 Annealing procedure
The exact handling of the annealing procedure is the key factor to obtain exact and repeatable results.
The main parameters are: 260 °C ± 1 °C annealing temperature and 480 s ± 2 s annealing time.
After this period in the silicon oil or salt bath, the annealing agent shall be removed within 5 s and then the
sample shall be quenched in water at room temperature.
It is allowed to anneal up to three samples at the same time in a minimum of 20 l of annealing agent.
The annealing and quenching parameters, tolerances and remarks are described in Table B.1, Steps 4 and 5.
B.2.3 Tension test

Tension test shall be done in accordance to the requirements of EN ISO 6892-1.
The measuring length is 200 mm and the distance between the clamps 220 mm.
The elongation A200 in percent is equal to the AR-value.
The elongation parameters, tolerances and remarks are described in Table B.1, Step 6.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
20
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
Table B.1 —Parameters for the AR-Test procedure
Step Description Parameter Value Tolerance Remarks
Take sample of
1 diameter 8 mm Nominal diameter 8,00 mm ± 0,4 mm
wire rod
According to the
Drawing speed
producer machine test.
One single drawing Diameter Horizontal drawing can
step to obtain Drawing drum
2 min. 400 mm be used.
diameter 6,30 mm
wire Lubrication Grease
Nominal diameter of
6,30 mm ± 0,02 mm
final wire
Sample preparation Discard length Pointing zone
3 at diameter
6,30 mm Sample length 270 mm
Oven annealing agent

20 l Minimum capacity
capacity
Silicon oil or According to the
Bath type
salt bath producer.
Controlled by a
Annealing temperature 260 ºC ± 1 ºC calibrated thermometer
(very critical).
4 Hot annealing According to the
Bath stirrer
producer.
Starting when the
sample is covered with
Annealing time 480 s ±2s
the liquid and ending
when leaving the bath.
At the air, to remove
Drying 5s
liquid from the sample.
Quenching
15 ºC to 25 ºC Room temperature
temperature
5 Sample quenching
Water or cleaning
Quenching media
agent
According to
Sample preparation
EN ISO 6892-1:
and test procedure
2009, Annex D
Elongation type A200

Test temperature 15 ºC to 25 ºC Room temperature
6 Elongation test According to

Test speed EN ISO 6892-1:
2009
Distance between
220 mm
clamps
Measuring length 200 mm
Measurement Manual
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
B.3 Test results

The AR-value (elongation A200) of the annealed 6,3 mm wire shall be at least 20 %. In the case the result of
the AR is below 20 %, the spiral elongation number (S.E.N.) of the original wire rod shall be determined
7541014/10787806875Biblio
22
DIN EN 1977:2013-04
EN 1977:2013 (E)
Bibliography
[2] IEC 60028, International standard of resistance for copper
7541014/10787806875Biblio
D EUTSCHE NORM May 1998
Copper cathodes {
ICS 77.150.30 This standard, together
with DIN EN 1976,
Descriptors: Copper, cathodes. May 1998 edition,
supersedes DIN 1708,
January 1973 edition.
Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Kupfer-Kathoden
National foreword
The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuß Nichteisenmetalle
(Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee).
Amendments
DIN 1708, January 1973 edition, has been superseded by the specifications of EN 1978.
Previous editions
DIN 1708: 1925-04, 1935-10, 1941-02, 1953-07, 1960-09, 1973-01.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN Deutsches
Copper 1 : Basic standards Institutedited
Testing standards, für Normung e.V.,
by e.V. DIN, Berlin.
Beuth English price group 09
Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. Sales No. 1109
Created from vimaru-vnBeuth Verlag GmbH,
on 2018-05-18 D-10772 Berlin, has the exclusive right of sale for German Standards (DIN-Normen).
02:17:44. 10.98
EN 1978
March 1998
ICS 77.150.30
Descriptors: Copper, cathodes.
English version

Copper cathodes
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Catho- Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen –

des en cuivre Kupfer-Kathoden

CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations
which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a
national standard without any alteration.
Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national
standards may be obtained on application to the Central Secretariat or to any
CEN member.
The European Standards exist in three official versions (English, French, German).
A version in any other language made by translation under the responsibility of a
CEN member into its own language and notified to the Central Secretariat has the
same status as the official versions.
CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, the Czech
Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy,
Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland,
and the United Kingdom.
ÈÉË

7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 2
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 3
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 4
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 5
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 6
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 7
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 8
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 9
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 10
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 11
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 12
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 13
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 14
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 15
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 16
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 17
EN 1978 : 1998
7541014/10787806875Biblio
D EUTSCHE NORM May 2003

Master alloys
ICS 77.120.30 Supersedes August 1998 edition.
Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Vorlegierungen
National foreword
This standard has been prepared by CEN/TC 133 ‘Copper and copper alloys’ (Secretariat: Germany).
(Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Technical Committee Gusslegierungen.
Amendments
See Foreword on page 3.
Previous editions
DIN 17657: 1973-03; DIN EN 1981: 1998-08.
Continued overleaf.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN Deutsches
Testing standards, für Normung e. V.,
Beuth Beuth
Verlag, 2015.Verlag GmbH,
ProQuest Ebook10772 Berlin,
Central, Germany, English price group 09
http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. Sales No. 1109
Created from vimaru-vnhas
on the exclusive
2018-05-18 right of sale for German Standards (DIN-Normen).
02:20:15. 09.03
EN 1981
February 2003
ICS 77.120.30 Supersedes EN 1981 : 1998.

Descriptors:
English version

Master alloys
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen –

Alliages-mères Vorlegierungen

Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national stand-
ards may be obtained on application to the Management Centre or to any
CEN member.
CEN member into its own language and notified to the Management Centre has
the same status as the official versions.
Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland,
Italy, Luxembourg, Malta, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Slovakia, Spain,
Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom.
|
ÈÉË
Management Centre: rue de Stassart 36, B-1050 Brussels

7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 2
EN 1981 : 2003
Page
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
12
12
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 3
EN 1981 : 2003
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 4
EN 1981 : 2003
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 5
EN 1981 : 2003
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 6
EN 1981 : 2003
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 7
EN 1981 : 2003
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 8
EN 1981 : 2003
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 9
EN 1981 : 2003
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 10
EN 1981 : 2003
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 11
EN 1981 : 2003
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 12
EN 1981 : 2003
7541014/10787806875Biblio
D EUTSCHE NORM March 1999

Determination of spring bending limit on strip
ICS 77.150.30 Supersedes DIN 50151,
July 1987 edition.
Descriptors: Copper, strip, spring bending limit, testing.
Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Bestimmung der Federbiegegrenze

von Bändern
National foreword
The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuß Nichteisenmetalle (Non-
ferrous Metals Standards Committee), Technical Committee Bänder und Bleche für allgemeine Verwendung,
Federn und Systemträger.
Amendments
DIN 50151, July 1987 edition, has been superseded by the specifications of DIN EN 12384.
Previous editions
DIN 50151: 1957-07, 1987-07.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN Deutsches
02:20:33. 08.99
EN 12384
January 1999
ICS 77.150.30
Descriptors: Copper, strip, spring bending limit, testing.
English version

Determination of spring bending limit on strip
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Déter- Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen –

mination de la limite élastique en Bestimmung der Federbiegegrenze
flexion de bande von Bändern

ards may be obtained on application to the Central Secretariat or to any CEN
member.
ÈÉË

7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 2
EN 12384 : 1999
2 6
6
3 6
3 6
6
3
7
4 7
4 8
4 8
4
5
5 9
5
5 11
6
6
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 3
EN 12384 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 4
EN 12384 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 5
EN 12384 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 6
EN 12384 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 7
EN 12384 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 8
EN 12384 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 9
EN 12384 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 10
EN 12384 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 11
EN 12384 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
D EUTSCHE NORM October 1999
Copper and copper alloys – Scrap {

English version of DIN EN 12861
EN 12861
ICS 77.150.30
Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Schrotte
National foreword
The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuß Nichteisenmetalle (Non-
ferrous Metals Standards Committee), Technical Committee Schrotte.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN Deutsches
02:20:52. 03.00
EN 12861
July 1999
ICS 77.150.30
English version
Copper and copper alloys – Scrap
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Scrappes Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen –

Schrotte

ards may be obtained on application to the Central Secretariat or to any CEN
member.
ÈÉË

7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 2
EN 12861 : 1999
2 8
8
3 8
9
3 11
11
3
11
5
5 11
5
12
6
20
6
6 26
6
6
7 27
7
7
7
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 3
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 4
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 5
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 6
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 7
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 8
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 9
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
EN 12861 : 1999
Page 10
Inspection of
incoming
material
Inspection for
radioactivity
Call
Consignment
No authorities
within national
regulations
Yes
Visual inspec-
tion and gross
mass determi-
nation
Acceptance
after agree-
ment between
the purchaser
Acceptance and the Rejection
of the supplier with of the
consignment No No consignment
respect to the
requirements 1)
Yes
Acceptance
Net weight End of
without further
Yes determination inspection
testing
No
Determination Determination Determination Determination Determination Determination

Determination Determination
of the amount of foreign of the size/ of the metal of the metal of the
of “free iron” 2) of moisture 2)
of insulation 2) substances 2) diameter 2) yield 2) content 2) composition 2)
7541014/10787806875Biblio
1 ) For the limits see 7.2.

2 ) Refer to table 1 for applicable methods.
Figure 1: Inspection of incoming material
Page 11
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 12
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 13
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 14
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 15
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 16
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 17
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 18
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 19
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 20
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 21
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 22
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 23
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 24
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 25
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 26
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 27
EN 12861 : 1999
7541014/10787806875Biblio
D EUTSCHE NORM July 2001

Determination of residual stresses in the border area of slit strip
ICS 77.150.30
Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Bestimmung von Restspannungen im Schnittkantenbereich von Bändern
National foreword
This standard has been prepared by CEN/TC 133 ‘Copper and copper alloys’ (Secretariat: Germany).
(Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Technical Committee Walzerzeugnisse.
Continued overleaf.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN Deutsches
Beuth Beuth
Verlag, 2015.Verlag GmbH,
ProQuest Ebook10772 Berlin,
Central, Germany, English price group 08
http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. Sales No. 1108
Created from vimaru-vnhas
on the exclusive
2018-05-18 right of sale for German Standards (DIN-Normen).
02:21:08. 12.01
EN 13147
April 2001
ICS 77.150.30
Descriptors:
English version

Determination of residual stresses in the border area of slit strip
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen –

Détermination des contraintes Bestimmung von Restspannungen im
résiduelles sur les rives des Schnittkantenbereich von Bändern
bandes cisaillées

ards may be obtained on application to the Management Centre or to any
CEN member.
CEN member into its own language and notified to the Management Centre has
the same status as the official versions.
|
ÈÉË
Management Centre: rue de Stassart 36, B-1050 Brussels

7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 2
EN 13147 : 2001
2 5
3 7
7
3 7
7
3 9
10
3
11
4
4
4 11
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 3
EN 13147 : 2001
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 4
EN 13147 : 2001
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 5
EN 13147 : 2001
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 6
EN 13147 : 2001
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 7
EN 13147 : 2001
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 8
EN 13147 : 2001
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 9
EN 13147 : 2001
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 10
EN 13147 : 2001
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 11
EN 13147 : 2001
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Page 12
EN 13147 : 2001
7541014/10787806875Biblio
August 2013
DIN EN 13603
D
ICS 25.220.40; 77.150.30 Supersedes
DIN EN 13603:2002-07

Test methods for assessing protective tin coatings on drawn round
copper wire for electrical purposes;

Prüfverfahren zur Beurteilung von Schutzüberzügen aus Zinn auf gezogenen
Runddrähten aus Kupfer für die Anwendung in der Elektrotechnik;
Méthodes d’évaluation des revêtements en étain sur les fils ronds étirés en cuivre pour
usages électriques;

7541014/10787806875Biblio

©
www.din.de !%(6~"
DIN EN 13603:2013-08
National foreword
This document (EN 13603:2013) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and
copper alloys” (Secretariat: DIN, Germany).
(Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Working Committee NA 066-02-04 AA Strangpress- und
Zieherzeugnisse.
Amendments
a) the standard has been editorially revised.
Previous editions
DIN EN 13603: 2002-07

7541014/10787806875Biblio
NORME EUROPÉENNE
EUROPÄISCHE NORM June 2013
ICS 25.220.40; 77.150.30 Supersedes EN 13603:2002
English Version
Copper and copper alloys - Test methods for assessing

protective tin coatings on drawn round copper wire for electrical
purposes
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Méthodes d'évaluation des Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Prüfverfahren zur
revêtements en étain sur les fils ronds étirés en cuivre pour Beurteilung von Schutzüberzügen aus Zinn auf gezogenen
usages électriques Runddrähten aus Kupfer für die Anwendung in der
Elektrotechnik
This European Standard was approved by CEN on 25 April 2013.
Kingdom.


7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 13603:2013-08
EN 13603:2013 (E)
Contents Page
Foreword ..............................................................................................................................................................3
1 Scope ......................................................................................................................................................4
4 Thickness of the unalloyed tin coating ...............................................................................................4
5 Continuity of the tin coating .............................................................................................................. 10
6 Adherence of the tin coating ............................................................................................................. 12
7 Test report ........................................................................................................................................... 14
Bibliography ..................................................................................................................................................... 15
Figures
Figure 1 — Alternative method for supporting fine wire or wire which cannot be straightened .......................... 6
Figure 2 — Preparation of the test piece ........................................................................................................... 13
Tables
Table 1 — Test parameters ............................................................................................................................... 11
7541014/10787806875Biblio
2
DIN EN 13603:2013-08
EN 13603:2013 (E)
Foreword
copper”, the secretariat of which is held by DIN.
text or by endorsement, at the latest by December 2013, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn
at the latest by December 2013.
In comparison with EN 13603:2002, the following changes have been made:
 Editorial modifications.
Within its programme of work, Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 requested CEN/TC 133/WG 4 "Extruded
and drawn products, forgings and scrap" to prepare the revision of the following standard:
EN 13603:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Test methods for assessing protective tin coatings on drawn
round copper wire for electrical purposes
According to the CEN-CENELEC Internal Regulations, the national standards organisations of the following
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 13603:2013-08
EN 13603:2013 (E)
1 Scope
This European Standard specifies methods for assessing the tin coating on drawn round copper wire for the
manufacture of electrical conductors, e.g. according to EN 13602.
This European Standard includes test methods for the determination of the following characteristics:
a) thickness of the unalloyed tin coating;
b) continuity of the tin coating;
c) adherence of the tin coating.
WARNING — This European Standard can involve the use of hazardous materials, operations, and
equipment. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety problems associated with their
use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
EN 610, Tin and tin alloys — Ingot tin
3.1
unalloyed tin coating
layer of pure tin on the surface of tinned wire
3.2
alloyed tin coating
diffusion layer of copper and tin formed at the copper wire and tin coating interface during tinning and
subsequent drawing and annealing processes
3.3
total tin coating
sum of the thicknesses of the unalloyed tin coating and the alloyed tin coating
3.4
measuring area
area of the surface over which a single measurement is made
4 Thickness of the unalloyed tin coating
4.1 Principle
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Anodic dissolution of a well-defined area of the unalloyed coating using a suitable electrolyte, followed by
detection of the virtually complete dissolution of the unalloyed coating by a rapid change in cell voltage.
4
DIN EN 13603:2013-08
EN 13603:2013 (E)
Calculation of the unalloyed coating thickness from the quantity of electricity (in coulombs) used, which can in
turn be calculated from:
a) the time interval between the start of the test and the first rapid change of cell voltage, if it is conducted at
constant current density; or
b) the integrated quantity of electricity used in dissolving the unalloyed coating.
4.2 Reagents and materials
4.2.1 Electrolyte, either a hydrochloric acid electrolyte or an electrolyte recommended by the instrument
manufacturer.
For the hydrochloric acid electrolyte, dilute 170 ml of hydrochloric acid (HCl), ρ = 1,18 g/ml, to 1 000 ml with
deionised water.
NOTE The unalloyed tin coating dissolves anodically at an efficiency of nearly 100 %; for determination of the
electrolyte efficiency, see 4.5.6.
WARNING — Hydrochloric acid causes burns and is irritating to the respiratory system. Avoid
breathing the vapour and prevent contact with eyes and skin.
This electrolyte dissolves tin coatings at very low cell voltages at which there is no anodic attack on the
substrates when they are exposed at the end of the test.
4.2.2 Tin, tin grade in accordance with EN 610.
4.3 Apparatus
Suitable instruments may be constructed from readily available components. Alternatively, a proprietary
instrument may be used.
4.3.1 Direct reading instruments
Proprietary direct reading instruments are available for use with electrolytes recommended by the manufacturer.
The calculation of thickness of tin coating from current density is made electronically. The instrument shall have
some means of indicating when the unalloyed tin coating has been fully removed.
4.3.2 Other instruments
Instruments other than proprietary direct reading instruments record the quantity of electricity, in coulombs, used
in dissolving the unalloyed coating from the measuring area, usually in arbitrary units, from which the thickness
can be calculated using factors or tables.
4.3.3 Electrolytic cell
The electrolytic cell consists of a container for the electrolyte, a cathode and an anode, which is the test sample.
If the container is made of metal, such as stainless steel, the container can serve as the cathode. If the container
is made of insulating material, a separate cathode is required.
Also required are a device for supporting the appropriate length of the test sample and an agitation mechanism.
Depending on the wire diameter, the test sample may be a straight length of wire or, if necessary to obtain
sufficient surface area for smaller diameter wires, a holding device such as that shown schematically in Figure 1
is required. A magnetic stirrer or similar system shall be used to provide agitation.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 13603:2013-08
EN 13603:2013 (E)
Key
1 tee-frame to support test piece of non-conducting material, manufactured from nylon or other plastics
2 test piece
3 test piece connection (anode)
4 cathode connection
5 electrolyte level
6 test piece length L
7 electrolyte
8 non-metallic pin
9 cathode (stainless steel or lead), container (beaker)
Figure 1 — Alternative method for supporting fine wire or wire which cannot be straightened
4.4 Preparation of the test piece
Select a suitable length of test sample in order to provide the appropriate test piece area for exposure to the
electrolyte. If necessary, clean the test surface with a suitable organic solvent (see 4.5.4.5).
Care should be taken to avoid removal of metal during the cleaning operation.
4.5 Procedure for determining the thickness of unalloyed tin coatings
4.5.1 General
If commercial equipment is used, follow the manufacturer's instructions with respect to the operating procedure
for measurement, the electrolyte and, if necessary, calibration. Appropriate attention shall be given to the factors
listed in 4.5.4. The performance of the instrument shall be checked using a reference specimen of pure tin wire.
A tin grade in accordance with EN 610 shall be used. The test shall be carried out in accordance with 4.5.6.
If the instrument readings or the calculation of K give an electrolytic efficiency of equal to or greater than 98 %,
the instrument may be used without further adjustment. Otherwise, the cause of discrepancy shall be
remedied. Proprietary instruments shall be calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
6
DIN EN 13603:2013-08
EN 13603:2013 (E)
4.5.2 Determination of measuring area
For the determination of the measuring area, the length L of the test piece in millimetres shall be determined
with an accuracy of 1 % and the diameter d of the test piece for wires with a nominal diameter of < 0,6 mm
shall be determined with an accuracy of 1 % and for wires with a nominal diameter of ≥ 0,6 mm with an
accuracy of 0,5 %. The measuring area A in square centimetres is given by the Formula (1):
d × L ×π
A= (1)
100
NOTE An exact area of stripping is necessary for accuracy and the main source of error is due to the meniscus and
current field at the electrolyte surface.
4.5.3 Electrolysis (Dissolution of the unalloyed tin coating)
The electrolyte (4.2.1) and test piece shall be introduced into the cell so that a known area is exposed to the
electrolyte. Efforts shall be made to ensure that no gas bubbles occur on the measuring area by use of the
agitation mechanism. The electrical connections shall be made and the agitator operated. Electrolysis shall be
continued until dissolution of the unalloyed tin coating is complete, as indicated by a sharp change in the anode
potential or cell voltage, or by the operation of the automatic cut-out.
After completion of the test, the test piece shall be removed from the cell, rinsed with water and examined to
ensure that complete removal of the unalloyed tin coating has occurred over the measuring area (see 4.5.4.9).
4.5.4 Factors affecting the measuring accuracy
4.5.4.1 Coating thickness
The optimum accuracy is achieved with coating thicknesses in the range 0,2 μm up to 50 μm.
4.5.4.2 Current variation
For instruments using the constant current and time measuring technique, current variation will cause errors. For
instruments using a current-time integrator, too large a change in current can change the anode current
efficiency or interfere with the end-point, causing an error.
4.5.4.3 Area variation
The accuracy of the thickness measurement will be no better than the accuracy to which the measuring area is
known. Area variations due to electrolyte level (excessive agitation), can lead to measurement errors. In some
cases it can be advantageous to measure the length after electrolysis is complete and re-calculate the area.
4.5.4.4 Agitation
Agitation (i.e. the rate of stirring) shall be sufficient to remove any gas bubbles formed during the test, which can
adhere to the test piece or cathode. Excessive agitation shall be avoided to prevent interference with the length
of test piece submerged.
4.5.4.5 Condition of the test piece surface
Oil, grease, paint, corrosion products, staining or other surface chemical treatments can interfere with the test.
4.5.4.6 Cleanliness of the cell

7541014/10787806875Biblio
Deposition of tin can take place on the cathode in some electrolytes. This deposit can alter the cell voltages. It is,
therefore, essential to keep the cathode clean.
DIN EN 13603:2013-08
EN 13603:2013 (E)
4.5.4.7 Cleanliness of the electrical connections
In the case of instruments other than the constant current type, if the electrical connections are not clean, the
current/potential relationship will be disturbed and false end-points obtained.
4.5.4.8 Calibration standards
Measurements made using calibration standards are subject to the additional error of the calibration standards.
4.5.4.9 Non-uniform dissolution
If the rate of dissolution is not uniform over the measuring area, a premature end-point can be obtained and yield
low results. Examination of the surface shall be made after the test (see 4.5.3) to verify that most of the coating
has dissolved.
The presence of other matter in the coating, the roughness of the coating surface and the presence of porosity in
the coating can cause fluctuation of the cell voltage. Such fluctuation can affect the end-point.
4.5.4.10 Electrolyte efficiency
The determination of tin thickness by this method depends upon the efficiency of the electrolyte K being at least
98 %. The value of K should be determined periodically (see 4.5.6).
4.5.5 Measurement uncertainty
The test equipment and the procedure shall be such that the coating thickness can be measured to within a
5,0 % uncertainty under the following conditions:
 the electrical current shall be controlled within 10 mA;
 the time shall be controlled within 1 s;
 the area shall be controlled within the accuracy given in 4.5.2;
 the efficiency of the electrolyte K shall be greater than 98 % (see 4.5.6).
4.5.6 Determination of electrolyte efficiency
Where a manufacturer of apparatus recommends the use of a particular electrolyte for determining tin thickness
on copper wire, the control of electrolyte efficiency shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. In
other cases, the value of K shall be determined periodically using the following procedure:
a) a suitable test anode shall be manufactured comprising wire in the range of diameter 0,5 mm up to and
including 2,00 mm, of suitable length, coated with pure, unalloyed tin (4.2.2.) to a thickness of at least
4 μm;
b) the test anode shall be accurately weighed and its mass recorded;
c) the test anode shall be immersed in the cell containing the electrolyte using either the same length as that
recommended by the instrument manufacturer or used in the routine determination of tin thickness;
d) the current shall be either that recommended by the instrument manufacturer or used in the routine
determination of tin thickness;
7541014/10787806875Biblio
e) the duration of the test shall be sufficient to ensure a significant removal of tin but not so long that the tin
coating is completely removed;
8
DIN EN 13603:2013-08
EN 13603:2013 (E)
f) the duration of the test in seconds and the current in amperes shall be noted;
g) the anode shall be removed, washed, rinsed and dried without wiping;
h) the anode shall be re-weighed to the same accuracy as before;
i) the electrolytic efficiency K shall be calculated as follows:
m
K= (2)
E × I ×t
where
m is the loss in mass of anode, in milligram (mg);
E is the electrochemical equivalent = 0,615 2 mg Sn/coulomb;
I is the current, in amperes (A);
t is the duration, in seconds (s).
In order to maintain precision in weighing, the ratio of the mass of the anode to the mass of tin removed
should be 1 000 : 1.
NOTE The value of 0,615 2 for electrochemical equivalent is based on the fact that 96 485 coulomb will remove
59,35 g of Sn++ at 100 % efficiency.
If the value of K determined is less than 98 %, the electrolyte shall be discarded.
4.6 Expression of results
The unalloyed tin coating thickness tk, in micrometres, is given by the Formula (3):
Q× E I ×t × E
tk = 100 × K × or 100 × K × (3)
A× ρ A× ρ
where
K is the current efficiency of the dissolution process and shall be assumed to be 100 in the case of
100 % efficiency (see 4.5.6);
E is the electrochemical equivalent = 0,615 2 mg Sn/coulomb;
A is the area, in square centimetres (cm2), from which the coating is dissolved, i.e. the measuring area;
ρ is the density, in grams per cubic centimetre (g/cm3), of the unalloyed tin coating which for tin shall
be 7,29 g/cm3;
Q is the quantity of electricity, in coulomb, passed in dissolving the unalloyed tin coating; if an
integrating meter is not used, calculate Q from Formula (4):
Q= I ×t (4)
where
7541014/10787806875Biblio
I is the current, in amperes (A);
DIN EN 13603:2013-08
EN 13603:2013 (E)
t is the test duration, in seconds (s).
Formula (3) above may be simplified, by substitution, to Formula (5):
Q Q
=
tk 0, 008 44 × K × i.e. =
tk 0,844 × (5)
A A
5 Continuity of the tin coating
5.1 Principle
A length of wire with a 5 000 mm2 surface area shall be wrapped round a mandrel, cleaned and immersed in a
test solution. Discolouration of the test solution, due to dissolution of copper, shall be compared to a reference
solution of known copper concentration.
5.2 Test solution
Dissolve 10 g of chemically pure ammonium persulphate [(NH4)2S2O8] in deionised water, add 20 ml of

ammonia solution (NH4OH), ρ = 0,88 g/ml up to 0,91 g/ml, and dilute to 1 000 ml.
NOTE The test solution cannot be stored because of loss of peroxide activity.
5.3 Reference solution
Dissolve 0,10 g of chemically pure copper sulphate (CuSO4 ⋅ 5H2O) in deionised water, add 50 ml of ammonia
solution (NH4OH) ρ = 0,88 g/ml up to 0,91 g/ml and dilute to 1 000 ml. This solution has a copper concentration
of 0,025 g/l.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
10
DIN EN 13603:2013-08
EN 13603:2013 (E)
A test piece length shall be permanently marked with a gauge length L, determined by reference to Table 1,
such that there is 50 mm at either end of the gauge length for handling and support. Accuracy of marking shall
be within 0,5 % L. The length L shall be wound on a smooth mandrel of the specified diameter (see Table 1),
as an open helix. Care shall be used to avoid twisting or damage to the tinned coating. The 50 mm ends shall
be positioned so that when tested, only the length L between the gauge marks will be immersed in the test
solution.
Table 1 — Test parameters

Values in millimetres
Nominal wire Diameter Gauge length

diameter of mandrel
D L
over up to
and including
0,04a 0,08 by agreement

0,08 0,16 15 ± 0,2 b
0,16 0,315 20 ± 0,2
0,315 0,5 25 ± 0,2
0,5 1,0 30 ± 0,2
1,0 1,5 40 ± 0,2 1 592
L=
D
1,5 3,0 50 ± 0,2
3,0 5,0 60 ± 0,2
a Including 0,04.
b It shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier if wire with diameter from 0,04 mm up to and including
0,315 mm shall be tested. If agreed, it will also be necessary to agree test piece lengths and the pass/fail criteria in
g/m2 of copper dissolved (see 5.7). If a criterion different from that specified is agreed, it will also be necessary to
determine and agree the copper concentration of the reference solution (see 5.3).
5.5 Cleaning of the test piece
Immediately before immersion in the test solution, the test piece shall be cleaned in a suitable volatile organic
solvent. The solvent may be agitated but not the test piece. The test piece shall be dried before immersion in
the test solution with hot air or wiped with a lint free cloth where appropriate.
5.6 Immersion for testing

Immediately after cleaning and drying, the test piece shall be immersed in 200 ml of the test solution such that
only the gauge length L is immersed. The immersion time shall be 10 min. During the immersion time the
solution shall not be agitated but maintained at a temperature of (20 ± 1) °C.
5.7 Determination
5.7.1 General
The colour density of the test solution shall be checked for acceptability by one of the methods given in 5.7.2
7541014/10787806875Biblio
or 5.7.3.
DIN EN 13603:2013-08
EN 13603:2013 (E)
5.7.2 Comparison by Nessler cylinders
A matched pair of 50 ml Nessler cylinders shall be used. One shall be filled with an undiluted volume of the
test solution, the other with the same volume of reference solution. The density of colour of the two solutions
in the Nessler cylinders shall be compared to a Nessleriser. The test solution shall not have a colour density
greater than that of the reference solution. After determination the test solution shall be discarded.
NOTE The requirement specified in EN 13602 is max. 1,0 g of copper dissolved from 1 m2 of wire. The test piece
surface area is 5 000 mm2, i.e. 0,005 m2, i.e. 0,005 g of copper dissolved from 5 000 mm2 o 1 g/m2. If the 0,005 g of
copper were dissolved in 200 ml of test solution, it would contain 0,025 g/l of copper.
The test solution and reference solution (see 5.3) are therefore directly comparable without dilution,
calculation or use of colorimetric methods. The density of blue colour may be faint but compared with a
Nessler cylinder of water the difference is clearly discernible.
5.7.3 Colorimetric method
Using suitable photometric apparatus, compare the optical density of the test solution with that of the
reference solution (see 5.3). The test solution shall not have an optical density greater than that of the
reference solution.
If a quantitative result is required, prepare a calibration graph by plotting optical density against percentage of
copper using different concentrations of copper from a standard solution.
6 Adherence of the tin coating
6.1 Principle
A length of wire is twisted and wound round its own diameter or a mandrel as a close helix and immersed in a
test solution to enhance any cracks which may occur. After removal from the solution, the wire is examined for
evidence of black cracks.
6.2 Stock solution
A stock solution of saturated sodium sulphide shall be prepared by dissolving commercial purity sodium
monosulphide (Na2S) in deionised water until the solution is saturated. To this solution sublimated sulphur
(flowers of sulphur) shall be added in excess of 250 g/l. This solution shall be stored for 24 h before use.
6.3 Test solution
The test solution shall comprise a portion of the stock solution diluted with deionised water to ρ = 1,142 g/ml at
(23 ± 2) °C.
A test piece of sufficient length shall be taken and 14 continuous turns wound around its own diameter (see
Figure 2). Wires of less than 0,32 mm diameter may be wrapped around a smooth mandrel of a stated
diameter agreed between the customer and the supplier.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
12
DIN EN 13603:2013-08
EN 13603:2013 (E)
Key
1 area to be examined (see 6.7)
d diameter of wire
Figure 2 — Preparation of the test piece
When the first two turns have been applied the wire remaining to be applied shall be subjected to 1½
permanently applied axial rotations. The remaining 12 turns shall then be applied. The force applied to the wire
shall be sufficient to wind the helix. The overall diameter of the helically wrapped wire shall not exceed 4 d (see
Figure 2).
6.5 Cleaning of the test piece
Immediately before immersion in the test solution, the test piece shall be cleaned in a suitable volatile organic
solvent. The solvent may be agitated but not the test piece. The test piece shall be dried before immersion in the
test solution with hot air or wiped with a lint free cloth where appropriate.
6.6 Immersion for testing
The wrapped test piece shall be fully immersed in the diluted sodium polysulfide solution ρ = 1,142 g/ml for a
period of 30 s at a temperature between 16 °C and 21 °C. Neither the test piece nor the solution shall be
agitated during the immersion period.
After 30 s the test piece shall be removed, washed with water and gently wiped dry to remove any deposits or
grey colouration which may have occurred.
The test solution may be re-used until it fails to turn a piece of clean plain copper wire black within 5 s.
6.7 Examination
The whole exposed area of the ten turns in the middle of the wrapped test piece shall be examined (see
Figure 2).
Cracks which have occurred during wrapping and where copper has been exposed will be black. Any other
cracks, defects or faults or areas of clean copper or grey coloured areas shall be ignored.
The presence of any black crack shall indicate that the test piece has failed. Except for wires less than 0,32 mm
diameter, samples shall be examined with the unaided eye corrected to normal vision if necessary. Wires less
than 0,32 mm diameter may be examined at a magnification not exceeding × 5.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 13603:2013-08
EN 13603:2013 (E)
7 Test report
If a test report is required, it shall include the following information:
a) a reference to this European Standard (EN 13603);
b) which of the tests in accordance with this standard were carried out;
c) diameter of the wire tested in millimetres;
d) the origin of the samples, i.e. as tinned, tinned and drawn, tinned drawn and bunched, etc.;
e) the number of determinations and their results, in the case of:
1) thickness: minimum, maximum and mean value in μm;
2) continuity: passed/failed;
3) adhesion: passed/failed;
f) any deviation from the methods specified or factors which may have influenced the results.
The test report shall be dated and signed.

7541014/10787806875Biblio
14
DIN EN 13603:2013-08
EN 13603:2013 (E)
Bibliography
[1] ISO 2177, Metallic coatings — Measurement of coating thickness — Coulometric method by anodic
dissolution
[2] ASTM B33-10, Standard specification for tin-coated soft or annealed copper wire for electrical
purposes
[3] EN 13602, Copper and copper alloys — Drawn, round copper wire for the manufacture of electrical
condoctors
7541014/10787806875Biblio
September 2013
DIN EN 13604
D
DIN EN 13604:2002-10

Semiconductor devices, electronic and vacuum products made from
high conductivity copper;

Produkte aus hochleitfähigem Kupfer für Elektronenröhren, Halbleiterbauelemente und für
die Anwendung in der Vakuumtechnik;
Produits en cuivre de haute conductivité pour application dans les tubes électroniques,
semi-conducteurs et vide;

7541014/10787806875Biblio

©
www.din.de !%)&("
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
National foreword
copper alloys” (Secretariat: DIN, Germany).
(Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Working Committee NA 066-02-04 AA Strangpress- und
Zieherzeugnisse.
The DIN Standards corresponding to the International Standards referred to in this document are as follows:
IEC 60468 DIN IEC 60468
ISO 7801 DIN ISO 7801
Amendments
a) normative references have been updated;
b) the standard has been editorially revised.
Previous editions
DIN EN 13604: 2002-10
National Annex NA
(informative)
Bibliography
ISO 7801, Metallic materials — Wire — Reverse bend test

7541014/10787806875Biblio
2
NORME EUROPÉENNE
English Version
Copper and copper alloys - Semiconductor devices, electronic

and vacuum products made from high conductivity copper
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Produits en cuivre de haute Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Produkte aus
conductivité pour application dans les tubes électroniques, hochleitfähigem Kupfer für Elektronenröhren,
semi-conducteurs et vide Halbleiterbauelemente und für die Anwendung in der
Vakuumtechnik
This European Standard was approved by CEN on 25 April 2013.
Kingdom.


7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
Contents Page
Foreword ..............................................................................................................................................................3
1 Scope ......................................................................................................................................................4
4 Designations ..........................................................................................................................................5
4.1 Material ...................................................................................................................................................5
4.2 Symbol ....................................................................................................................................................5
4.3 Number ...................................................................................................................................................5
4.4 Material condition ..................................................................................................................................5
4.5 Product ...................................................................................................................................................6
5 Ordering information .............................................................................................................................7
6 Requirements .........................................................................................................................................8
6.1 Composition ...........................................................................................................................................8
6.2 Mechanical properties ...........................................................................................................................8
6.3 Electrical properties ..............................................................................................................................8
6.4 Freedom from hydrogen embrittlement ..............................................................................................8
6.5 Scale adhesion .......................................................................................................................................9
6.6 Grain size ................................................................................................................................................9
6.7 Tolerances of dimensions and form ....................................................................................................9
6.8 Surface condition...................................................................................................................................9
7 Sampling .............................................................................................................................................. 10
7.1 General ................................................................................................................................................. 10
7.2 Analysis ............................................................................................................................................... 10
7.3 Mechanical, electrical and other tests .............................................................................................. 10
8 Test methods....................................................................................................................................... 10
8.1 Analysis ............................................................................................................................................... 10
8.2 Tensile test .......................................................................................................................................... 11
8.3 Hardness test ...................................................................................................................................... 11
8.4 Bend test .............................................................................................................................................. 11
8.5 Electrical test ....................................................................................................................................... 11
8.6 Hydrogen embrittlement test ............................................................................................................. 11
8.7 Scale adhesion test ............................................................................................................................ 11
8.8 Estimation of average grain size ....................................................................................................... 11
8.9 Retests ................................................................................................................................................. 12
8.10 Rounding of results ............................................................................................................................ 12
9 Declaration of conformity and inspection documentation ............................................................. 12
9.1 Declaration of conformity .................................................................................................................. 12
9.2 Inspection documentation ................................................................................................................. 12
10 Marking, packaging, labelling ............................................................................................................ 12
Annex A (normative) Reference chart for microscopic examination at magnification 100× .................... 15
Annex B (informative) Characteristics of coppers for electrical purposes ................................................ 16
Bibliography ..................................................................................................................................................... 18
Figures
Figure A.1 — Reference chart for microscopic examination at magnification 100× .......................................... 15
Tables
Table 1 — Composition of Cu-OFE and Cu-PHCE ........................................................................................... 13
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Table 2 — Electrical properties (at 20 °C) ......................................................................................................... 14

Table B.1 — Particular characteristics of coppers for electrical purposes ........................................................ 17
2
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
Foreword
text or by endorsement, at the latest by December 2013, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn
at the latest by December 2013.
In comparison with EN 13604:2002, the following changes have been made:
 Normative references have been updated.
 Editorial modifications have been made.
Within its programme of work, Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 requested CEN/TC 133/WG 4 "Extruded and
drawn products, forgings and scrap" to prepare the revision of the following standard:
EN 13604:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Products of high conductivity copper for electronic tubes, semi-
conductor devices and vacuum applications.
The two copper grades Cu-OFE (CW009A) and Cu-PHCE (CW022A) specified in this European Standard are
those which are especially suitable for electronic, semiconductor and vacuum applications.
Annex A (normative) is the reference for microscopic examination.
Annex B (informative) gives guidance on the characteristics of coppers for electrical purposes.
This is one of a series of European Standards for copper products for electrical purposes. Other copper products
are specified as follows:
 EN 13599, Copper and copper alloys — Copper plate, sheet and strip for electrical purposes
 EN 13600, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless copper tubes for electrical purposes

EN 13601, Copper and copper alloys — Copper rod, bar and wire for general electrical purposes
 EN 13602, Copper and copper alloys — Drawn, round copper wire for the manufacture of electrical
conductors
 EN 13605, Copper and copper alloys — Copper profiles and profiled wire for electrical purposes
According to the CEN-CENELEC Internal Regulations, the national standards organisations of the following
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
1 Scope
This European Standard specifies the composition, property requirements including electrical properties and
tolerances on dimensions and form of semiconductor devices, electronic and vacuum products in two copper
grates Cu-OFE (CW009A) and Cu-PHCE (CW022A), in the form of wrought products, e.g. plate, sheet, strip,
seamless tube, rod, bar, wire, profiles.
The sampling procedures, the methods of test for verification of conformity to the requirements of this European
Standard, and the delivery conditions are also specified.
This European Standard applies to the wrought copper products as delivered to the device manufacturer, i.e. for
further fabrication.
EN 1976, Copper and copper alloys — Cast unwrought copper products
EN 10204, Metallic materials — Types of inspection documents
EN 13599, Copper and copper alloys — Copper plate, sheet and strip for electrical purposes
EN 13600, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless copper tubes for electrical purposes
EN 13601, Copper and copper alloys — Copper rod, bar and wire for general electrical purposes
EN 13602, Copper and copper alloys — Drawn, round copper wire for the manufacture of electrical conductors
EN 13605, Copper and copper alloys — Copper profiles and profiled wire for electrical purposes
EN ISO 2624, Copper and copper alloys — Estimation of average grain size (ISO 2624)
EN ISO 6506-1, Metallic materials — Brinell hardness test — Part 1: Test method (ISO 6506-1)
EN ISO 6507-1, Metallic materials — Vickers hardness test — Part 1: Test method (ISO 6507-1)
EN ISO 6892-1, Metallic materials — Tensile testing — Part 1: Method of test at room temperature (ISO 6892-1)
EN ISO 7438, Metallic materials — Bend test (ISO 7438)
ISO 1811-2, Copper and copper alloys — Selection and preparation of samples for chemical analysis —
Part 2: Sampling of wrought products and castings

7541014/10787806875Biblio
ISO 7801, Metallic materials — Wire — Reverse bend test
4
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
For the purposes of this document, the terms and definitions given in EN 13599, EN 13600, EN 13601,
EN 13602 and EN 13605 apply.
4 Designations
4.1 Material
The material is designated either by symbol or by number (see Table 1).
4.2 Symbol
4.3 Number
4.4 Material condition
The material condition depends on the product and is fully described in the corresponding standards:
 EN 13599 for plate, sheet and strip;
 EN 13600 for tube;
 EN 13601 for rod and bar;
 EN 13602 for wire;
 EN 13605 for profile and profiled wire.
For the purposes of this standard, the following designations, which are in accordance with the system given in
EN 1173, apply for the material condition:
M Material condition for the product as manufactured without specified mechanical properties;
D Material condition for the product as drawn without specified mechanical properties;
H... Material condition designated by the minimum value of hardness requirement for the product with
mandatory hardness requirements;
R... Material condition designated by the minimum value of tensile strength requirement for the product with
mandatory tensile strength requirement (and other tensile property requirements, dependent on product);
A... Material condition designated by the minimum value of elongation requirement for the product with manda-
tory elongation requirements.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Products in the H... condition may be specified to Vickers or Brinell hardness, dependent on the product. The
material condition designation H... is the same for both hardness test methods.
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
Exact conversion between the material conditions designated H... and R..., or R... and A..., dependent on the
product, is not possible.
Material condition is designated by only one of the above designations.
4.5 Product
The product designation provides a standardised pattern of designation from which a rapid and unequivocal
description of a product can be conveyed in communication. It provides mutual comprehension at the
international level with regard to products which meet the requirements of the relevant European Standard.
The product designation for products to this standard shall consist of:
 denomination (Plate, Sheet, Strip, Tube, Rod, Bar, Wire, Profile or Profiled wire);
 material designation, either symbol or number (see Table 1);
 other information dependent on copper product for electrical purposes (see 6.2).
The derivation of a product designation is shown in Example 1 and another typical product designation is shown
in Example 2.
EXAMPLE 1 Rod for electrical purposes conforming to this standard, in material designated either Cu-OFE or CW009A,
in material condition R250, round, nominal diameter 15 mm, tolerance Class A, will be designated as
follows:
Rod EN 13604 — Cu-OFE —R250 — RND15A

or
Rod EN 13604 — CW009A —R250 — RND15A
Denomination
Number of this European Standard
Material condition designation
Cross-sectional shape, nominal dimension in millimetres, tolerance class

7541014/10787806875Biblio
6
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
EXAMPLE 2 Strip for electrical purposes conforming to this standard, in material designated either Cu-PHCE or
CW022A, in material condition R290, nominal thickness 2 mm, nominal width 1 000 mm, will be designated
as follows:
Strip EN 13604 — Cu-PHCE — R290 — 2 x 1 000
or
Strip EN 13604 — CW022A — R290 — 2 x 1 000
In order to facilitate the enquiry, order and confirmation of order procedures between the purchaser and the
supplier, the purchaser shall state on his enquiry and order the ordering information for the relevant copper
product for electrical purposes from:
 plate, sheet and strip in EN 13599;
 seamless tubes in EN 13600;
 rod, bar and wire in EN 13601;
 drawn, round wire in EN 13602;
 profiles and profiled wire in EN 13605;
except that the number of this European standard (EN 13604) shall be substituted, or if there is no
corresponding product standard, the details shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier. For
material conditions other than annealed, the electrical properties shall be agreed between the purchaser and the
supplier (see 6.3).
a) dependent on product, test method to be used for the measurement of hardness, i.e. Vickers or Brinell
(see 8.3);
b) whether scale adhesion test is required for Cu-OFE (CW009A) (see 6.5);
c) whether a grain size determination is required (see 6.6);
d) whether special surface conditions are required (see 6.8);
e) the inspection lot size if different from the sampling rate for mechanical and electrical tests for the relevant
copper product from the standards listed above (see 7.3);
f) whether a declaration of conformity is required (see 9.1);
g) whether an inspection document is required, and if so, which type (see 9.2);
h) whether there are any special requirements for marking, packaging or labelling (see Clause 10).
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
EXAMPLE Ordering details for 500 kg rod for electrical purposes conforming to EN 13604, in material designated
either Cu-OFE or CW009A, in material condition R250, round, nominal diameter 15 mm, tolerance Class A,
fixed length 3 000 mm:
500 kg Rod EN 13604 — Cu-OFE — R250 — RND15A — fixed length 3 000 mm
or
500 kg Rod EN 13604 — CW009A — R250 — RND15A — fixed length 3 000 mm
6 Requirements
6.1 Composition
The composition shall conform to the requirements for the appropriate material given in Table 1.
NOTE For characteristics of coppers for electrical purposes, see Annex B.
6.2 Mechanical properties
Mechanical properties of wrought products made from Cu-OFE (CW009A) and Cu-PHCE (CW022A) shall
conform to the mechanical properties specified for:
 profiles and profiled wire in EN 13605.
In case of hardness requirements, the purchaser shall specify which hardness test (Brinell or Vickers) is
mandatory.
If there is no corresponding product standard, the properties shall be agreed between the purchaser and the
supplier.
The tests shall be carried out in accordance with either 8.2 (tensile test) or 8.3 (hardness test) or 8.4 (bend test).

The electrical properties in the annealed material condition shall conform to the appropriate requirements given
in Table 2.
For other material conditions, the electrical properties shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier.
The tests shall be carried out in accordance with 8.5.
6.4 Freedom from hydrogen embrittlement

7541014/10787806875Biblio
6.4.1 General
Products shall be tested for freedom from hydrogen embrittlement in accordance with 8.6.
8
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
6.4.2 Microscopic examination
Microscopic examination of test pieces shall show neither evidence of cracks, voids, holes, fissures or
inclusions, nor shall porosity be present in amounts greater than, or distribution dissimilar from, that shown in
Classes 1 and 2 for Types A to C in Annex A. Class 3 for all types are examples of unacceptable material.
Unless otherwise specified, evidence of surface oxidation shall be confined to a depth of not more than 1 % of
the thickness of the specimen or 0,5 mm, whichever is the smaller. For material hot rolled, only the oxidised
region shall be not greater than 1 mm depth.
6.4.3 Reverse bending
The test piece shall withstand a minimum of 10 reverse bends without any evidence of cracking, when tested
and examined with the unaided eye, corrected to normal vision if necessary, in accordance with 8.4.
6.5 Scale adhesion
If agreed between the purchaser and the supplier [see Clause 5 list entry b)], the test pieces of Cu-OFE
(CW009A) shall be visually examined after testing in accordance with 8.7.
The black oxide film shall remain substantially unbroken and firmly adherent to the test pieces, neglecting slight
loss of adherence at the edges of the test piece. No blistering or loss of oxide film shall be apparent and the
colorations shall be even.
6.6 Grain size
If agreed between the purchaser and the supplier [see Clause 5 list entry c)], the average grain size for cross-
sectional dimensions or thicknesses up to 25 mm, when tested in accordance with 8.8, shall be uniform and not
greater than 0,050 mm or 0,4 % of the nominal dimension, whichever is greater. For larger dimensions, average
grain size requirements shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier.
6.7 Tolerances of dimensions and form
Tolerances of dimensions and form of wrought products made from Cu-OFE (CW009A) and Cu-PHCE
(CW022A) shall conform to the tolerances specified for:

 profiles and profiled wire in EN 13605.
If there is no corresponding product standard, the tolerances shall be agreed between the purchaser and the
supplier.
6.8 Surface condition
The products shall be clean, sound and free from injurious defects which shall be specified by agreement
between the purchaser and the supplier at the time of enquiry and order. A superficial film of residual lubricant is
7541014/10787806875Biblio
normally present on cold worked products and is permissible, unless otherwise specified. Slight discoloration is
permissible as long as it does not impair utilisation.
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
Special requirements shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier [see Clause 5 list entry d)].
7 Sampling
7.1 General
When required (e.g. if necessary in accordance with specified procedures of a supplier's quality management
system, or when the purchaser requests inspection documents with test results, or for use in cases of dispute),
an inspection lot shall be sampled in accordance with 7.2 and 7.3.
7.2 Analysis
The sampling rate shall be in accordance with ISO 1811-2. A test sample, depending on the analytical technique
to be employed, shall be prepared from each sampling unit and used for the determination of the composition.
When preparing the test sample, care should be taken to avoid contaminating or overheating. Carbide tipped
tools are recommended; steel tools, if used, should be made of magnetic material to assist in the subsequent
removal of extraneous iron. If the test samples are in finely divided form (e.g. drillings, millings), they should
be treated carefully with a strong magnet to remove any particles of iron introduced during preparation.
In cases of dispute concerning the results of analysis, the full procedure given in ISO 1811-2 should be
followed.
Results may be used from analyses carried out at an earlier stage of manufacturing the product, e.g. at the
casting stage, if the material identity is maintained and if the quality management system of the manufacturer
is certified e.g. as conforming to EN ISO 9001.
7.3 Mechanical, electrical and other tests
Unless otherwise agreed between the purchaser and the supplier, the sampling rate shall be that given by the
relevant copper product standard (see Clause 5). A different sampling rate may be agreed between the
purchaser and the supplier at the time of enquiry and order [see Clause 5 list entry e)]. Sampling units shall be
selected from the finished products. The test samples shall be cut from the sampling units. Test samples, and
test pieces prepared from them, shall not be subjected to any further treatment, other than any machining
operations necessary in the preparation of the test pieces.
Results may be used from the resistivity test and the scale adhesion test carried out at an earlier stage of
manufacturing the product, e.g. at the casting stage, if the material identity is maintained and if the quality
management system of the manufacturer is certified e.g. as conforming to EN ISO 9001.
8 Test methods
8.1 Analysis
Analysis shall be carried out on the test pieces, or test portions, prepared from the test samples obtained in
accordance with 7.2. Except in cases of dispute, the analytical methods used shall be at the discretion of the
supplier. In cases of dispute, the methods of analysis to be used shall be agreed between the disputing parties.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
10
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
8.2 Tensile test
The tensile test shall be carried out in accordance with EN ISO 6892-1 and with the requirements for the
relevant copper product standard (see Clause 5), on test pieces prepared from the test samples obtained in
8.3 Hardness test
8.3.1 Vickers hardness
The test shall be carried out in accordance with EN ISO 6507-1, and with the requirements for the relevant
copper product standard (see Clause 5), on the test pieces prepared from the test samples obtained in
8.3.2 Brinell hardness
The test shall be carried out in accordance with EN ISO 6506-1, and with the requirements for the relevant
copper product standard (see Clause 5), on the test pieces prepared from the test samples obtained in
8.4 Bend test
The test shall be carried out in accordance with EN ISO 7438, and with the requirements for the relevant copper
product standard (see Clause 5), on the test pieces prepared from the test samples obtained in accordance
with 7.3.
8.5 Electrical test
The test method used shall be left to the discretion of the supplier, e.g. eddy current method or resistance
bridge, if not otherwise specified.
The electrical resistivity or conductivity shall be determined by direct measurement either at 20 °C ± 1 °C or at

another temperature, when the result shall be corrected to the equivalent value at 20 °C, on the product in the
as delivered condition, sampled in accordance with 7.3.
In case of dispute the volume resistivity shall be determined on a resistance bridge in accordance with
IEC 60468.
8.6 Hydrogen embrittlement test
The hydrogen embrittlement test shall be carried out in accordance with EN ISO 2626, except that the test piece
shall be subjected to microscopic examination at a magnification of 100× or to reverse bending in accordance
with ISO 7801.
8.7 Scale adhesion test
If agreed for Cu-OFE (CW009A), the scale adhesion test shall be carried out in accordance with ISO 4746.
If the test samples and test pieces taken from the final product are not of the full cross-section, they shall retain
some part of the original surface of the material.
8.8 Estimation of average grain size

7541014/10787806875Biblio
The average grain size shall be estimated in accordance with the comparison procedure given in EN ISO 2624.
In cases of dispute the intersect procedure shall be used.
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
8.9 Retests
If there is a failure of one, or more than one, of the tests in 8.1 to 8.8, two test samples from the same inspection
lot shall be permitted to be selected for retesting the failed property (properties). One of these test samples shall
be taken from the same sampling unit as that from which the original failed test piece was taken, unless that
sampling unit is no longer available, or has been withdrawn by the supplier.
If the test pieces from both test samples pass the appropriate test(s), then the inspection lot represented shall
be deemed to conform to the particular requirement(s) of this standard. If a test piece fails a test, the inspection
lot represented shall be deemed not to conform to this standard.
For the purpose of determining conformity to the limits specified in this standard, an observed or a calculated
value obtained from a test shall be rounded in accordance with the following procedure, which is based upon
the guidance given in ISO 80000-1:2009, Annex B. It shall be rounded in one step to the same number of
figures used to express the specified limit in this European Standard. Except for tensile strength and 0,2 %
proof strength, the rounding interval shall be 10 N/mm2 1) and for elongation the value shall be rounded to the
nearest 1 %.
a) if the figure immediately after the last figure to be retained is less than five, the last figure to be retained
b) if the figure immediately after the last figure to be retained is equal to or greater than five, the last figure to
When requested by the purchaser [see Clause 5 list entry f)] and agreed with the supplier, the supplier shall
issue for the products the appropriate declaration of conformity in accordance with EN 1655.
When requested by the purchaser [see Clause 5 list entry g)] and agreed with the supplier, the supplier shall
issue for the products the appropriate inspection document in accordance with EN 10204.
10 Marking, packaging, labelling

Unless otherwise specified by the purchaser and agreed by the supplier, the marking, packaging and labelling
shall be left to the discretion of the supplier [see Clause 5 list entry h)].
7541014/10787806875Biblio
1) 1 N/mm2 is equivalent to 1 MPa.
12
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
Table 1 — Composition of Cu-OFE and Cu-PHCE
Material Composition
designation % (mass fraction)
Symbol Number Element Cu Ag As Bi Cd Fe Mn Ni O P Pb S Sb Se Sn Te Zn
min. 99,99 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Cu-OFE CW009A
max. — 0,002 5 0,000 5 0,000 20 0,000 1 0,001 0 0,000 5 0,001 0 --a 0,000 3 0,000 5 0,001 5 0,000 4 0,000 20 0,000 2 0,000 20 0,000 1
min. 99,99 — — — — — — — — 0,001 — — — — — — —

Cu-PHCE CW022A
max. — 0,002 5 0,000 5 0,000 20 0,000 1 0,001 0 0,000 5 0,001 0 --a 0,006 0,000 5 0,001 5 0,000 4 0,000 20 0,000 2 0,000 20 0,000 1
a The oxygen content shall be such that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement requirements of EN 1976.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
Table 2 — Electrical properties (at 20 °C)
Designations Volume Mass Conductivity

a
resistivity resistivity
Material Material Ω × mm
2 Ω ×g b
condition 2
MS/m % IACS
m m
Symbol Number max. max. min. min.
Cu-OFE CW009A 0,017 07 0,151 7 58,6 101,0
annealed
Cu-PHCE CW022A 0,017 24 0,153 3 58,0 100,0
Cu-OFE CW009A other than
to be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier
Cu-PHCE CW022A annealed
NOTE 1 The % IACS values are calculated as percentages of the standard value for annealed high conductivity
copper as laid down by the International Electrotechnical Commission. Copper having a volume resistivity
of 0,017 24 μΩ × m at 20 °C, is defined as corresponding to a conductivity of 100 %.
NOTE 2 1 MS/m is equivalent to 1 m/(Ω × mm2).
a Calculated with a density of copper 8,89 g/cm3.
b IACS: International Annealed Copper Standard.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
14
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
Annex A
(normative)
Reference chart for microscopic examination at magnification 100×
TYPE-A TYPE-B TYPE-C

cross grain within grain grain boundaries
Figure A.1 — Reference chart for microscopic examination at magnification 100×

7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
Annex B
(informative)
Characteristics of coppers for electrical purposes
B.1 General grouping of copper types
The characteristic properties of coppers depend to a considerable extent on the presence or absence of certain
elements, in particular oxygen, phosphorus and silver.
The various grades of copper fall into four types:
 tough pitch coppers (i.e. oxygen-containing coppers);
 oxygen-free coppers;
 deoxidised coppers;
 silver-bearing coppers.
NOTE The classification of copper as "unrefined copper" or "refined copper", as well as specific terms and definitions
for the subdivisions of these classes, are given in ISO 197-1.
B.2 General characteristics
In general, all coppers have excellent formability and solderability. Electrical conductivity and weldability both
vary, depending on the purity of the copper grade.
B.3 Particular characteristics
Table B.1 describes the particular characteristics of coppers for electrical purposes. The table also indicates the
material designation, i.e. symbols and numbers of the grades of copper corresponding to each type.
NOTE This standard does not necessarily specify all the grades of copper given in Table B.1.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
16
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
Table B.1 — Particular characteristics of coppers for electrical purposes
Copper Material designation

Characteristics
type Symbol Number
Tough Coppers of this type are produced with a controlled amount of Cu-ETP1 CW003A
pitch oxygen and have high electrical conductivity. Cu-ETP CW004A
coppers
Cu-FRHC CW005A
(oxygen- Special precautions are necessary when heat-treating, welding
containing or brazing these coppers in atmospheres containing hydrogen
coppers) to avoid hydrogen embrittlement.
Oxygen- Coppers of this type are produced in an oxygen-free Cu-OF1 CW007A

free environment without the use of deoxidisers and have high Cu-OF CW008A
coppers electrical conductivity.
Cu-OFE CW009A
These coppers may be heat-treated, welded or brazed without
the need for special precautions to avoid hydrogen
embrittlement.
Deoxidised Coppers of this type are produced with the addition of a Cu-PHC CW020A
coppers controlled amount of deoxidiser, preferably phosphorus, and Cu-HCP CW021A
contain a controlled low amount of residual deoxidiser; these
Cu-PHCE CW022A
coppers have high electrical conductivity.
These coppers may be heat treated, welded or brazed without

the need for special precautions to avoid hydrogen
embrittlement.
Silver Tough pitch, oxygen-free and deoxidised coppers can be CuAg0,04 CW011A
bearing produced with additions of silver, up to 0,12 % (mass fraction). CuAg0,07 CW012A
coppers
CuAg0,10 CW013A
The effect of the silver content is to increase the resistance of
softening without significantly affecting the electrical CuAg0,04P CW014A
conductivity. CuAg0,07P CW015A
CuAg0,10P CW016A
CuAg0,04(OF) CW017A
CuAg0,07(OF) CW018A
CuAg0,10(OF) CW019A
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 13604:2013-09
EN 13604:2013 (E)
Bibliography
[2] EN 1173, Copper and copper alloys — Material condition designation
[3] EN 50149, Railway applications — Fixed installations — Electric traction — Copper and copper alloy
grooved contact wires
[4] EN ISO 9001, Quality management systems — Requirements (ISO 9001)
[5] ISO 197-1, Copper and copper alloys — Terms and definitions — Part 1: Materials

7541014/10787806875Biblio
18
DEUTSCHE NORM September 2006
DIN EN 14977 {
ICS 77.150.30

Detection of tensile stress –
5 % ammonia test

Auffinden von Zugspannungen –
5 %-Ammoniakprüfung

7541014/10787806875Biblio
© No part of this standard may be reproduced without prior permission of

has the exclusive right of sale for German Standards (DIN-Normen).
www.din.de !,pn3"
www.beuth.de
Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:25:38. 01.07 9777516
DIN EN 14977:2006-09
National foreword
This standard has been prepared by CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys” (Secretariat: Germany).
The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuss Nichteisenmetalle (Non-
ferrous Metals Standards Committee), Technical Committee 066-02 FBR Fachbereichsbeirat Kupfer.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
NORME EUROPÉENNE
ICS 77.150.30
English Version
Copper and copper alloys - Detection of tensile stress - 5 %

ammonia test
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Détection des contraintes de Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Auffinden von
traction - Essai à l'ammoniaque à 5 % Zugspannungen - 5 %-Ammoniakprüfung
This European Standard was approved by CEN on 15 May 2006.
standards may be obtained on application to the Central Secretariat or to any CEN member.
under the responsibility of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the Central Secretariat has the same status as the official
versions.
CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania,
Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.

Management Centre: rue de Stassart, 36 B-1050 Brussels

7541014/10787806875Biblio
© 2006 CEN All rights of exploitation in any form and by any means reserved worldwide Ref. No. EN 14977:2006: E
for CEN national Members.
EN 14977:2006 (E)
Contents Page
Foreword......................................................................................................................................................................3
Introduction .................................................................................................................................................................4
1 Scope ..............................................................................................................................................................5
2 Principle..........................................................................................................................................................5
3 Terms and definitions ...................................................................................................................................5
4 Test solution...................................................................................................................................................5
5 Test pieces .....................................................................................................................................................6
6 Procedure .......................................................................................................................................................6
7 Test requirements..........................................................................................................................................6
8 Test report ......................................................................................................................................................6
Bibliography ................................................................................................................................................................7
7541014/10787806875Biblio
2
EN 14977:2006 (E)
Foreword
This European Standard shall be given the status of a national standard, either by publication of an identical text or
by endorsement, at the latest by December 2006, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at the latest
by December 2006.
countries are bound to implement this European Standard: Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark,
Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta,
Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United
Kingdom.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
EN 14977:2006 (E)
Introduction
This test was developed to achieve three aims in particular:
 firstly to avoid health and environmental risks which are associated with the use of media other than ammonia,
(e.g. with the use of compounds of mercury and recovery of mercury polluted test pieces), but with a similar
sensitivity as the test according to EN ISO 196;
 secondly to combine a test on tensile stress with a test on stress corrosion cracking;
 thirdly to reduce the test duration from usually 24 h, as specified in ISO 6957, to 16 h.
It is not intended to replace and withdraw EN ISO 196 in favour of this standard. In so far as a rapid result is
required, the test according to EN ISO 196 can be used.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
4
EN 14977:2006 (E)
1 Scope
This standard specifies a medium-duration test using an ammonical atmosphere for the purpose of detecting the
presence of tensile stress, residual or applied, in grades of copper or copper-alloy products that might bring about
failure of a component in service or storage through stress corrosion cracking.
The field of application of this standard is specified in the technical delivery specifications of semi-finished or
finished products in grades of copper and copper alloys, or by prior agreement between purchaser and supplier.
2 Principle
Exposure of test pieces to an ammoniacal atmosphere for 16 h, followed by examination at a magnification of × 6 to

× 10, e.g. for cracks.

For the purposes of this European Standard, the following terms and definitions apply.
3.1
stress corrosion cracking
cracking of metals under the combined action of corrosion and tensile stress, residual or applied
3.2
applied stress
tensile stress that is set up and exists in a body during application of an external load
3.3
residual stress
tensile stress that remains within a body as a result of plastic deformation
4 Test solution
4.1 General
Use only reagents of recognised analytical grade and distilled or deionised water for the test solution.
4.2 Test solution No. 1
The test solution is an aqueous solution containing approx. 50 g NH3 per litre of solution, density at 20 °C:
0,976 g/ml to 0,978 g/ml.
The solution can be used several times, provided that NH3 concentration is maintained.
4.3 Test solution No. 2
Dissolve 107 g of pure NH4Cℓl, suitable for analysis, in approx. 0,75 l of distilled or deionised water, add a solution
of 440 g of NaOH per litre until a pH of 10 (± 0,1) at 22 °C is achieved. Dilute the solution with distilled water to one
litre. This does not modify significantly the pH. The test solution can be reused several times, provided the pH is
checked at least every two weeks, and corrected if necessary.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Because of the consumption of NH4Cl, after every three months a new test solution shall be prepared.
EN 14977:2006 (E)
5 Test pieces
The test pieces shall be at least 150 mm long and shall be degreased. Oxide layers, if any, shall be removed by
means of 10 %-sulphuric acid solution (mass fraction), produced by diluting 62 ml of concentrated sulphuric acid
(ρ = 1,84 g/ml), with water up to 1 000 ml.
The test pieces shall not be deformed and shall be free from identification stamping or any other mechanical
damage. The test pieces shall be dry when the test begins.
6 Procedure
Pour the test solution into a desiccator or an air-tight vessel, maintain the ratio between the volume of the test
vessel and the volume of the test solution between 10 : 1 and 20 : 1.
The test pieces shall be arranged in the vessel and above the solution so that the vapour can act from all sides.
The test pieces shall neither touch each other nor come into direct contact with the solution.
The test temperature shall be between 20 °C and 25 °C and shall remain constant. The duration of the test shall be
16 h.
At the end of the test period, the test pieces shall be briefly pickled in 10 %-sulphuric acid solution (mass fraction)
produced by diluting 62 ml of concentrated sulphuric acid (ρ = 1,84 g/ml), with water up to 1 000 ml or 36 %-nitric
acid solution (mass fraction), produced by diluting 440 ml of concentrated nitric acid, (ρ = 1,43 g/ml), with water up
to 1 000 ml, dried and examined for cracking under a magnifying glass. The magnification should be between × 6
and × 10. Before inspection, it may be necessary to deform the test piece slightly so that fine cracks are opened up
and are more readily seen.
Light-gauge test pieces, i.e. pieces with a thickness of less than 2 mm, shall be tested with solution No. 2. Test
pieces with a thickness of equal to or greater than 2 mm shall be tested with solution No. 1.
7 Test requirements
The interpretation of the visual appearance of the test pieces (e.g. existence of cracks) after testing is a matter for
the product specification and/or has to be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier, e.g. no crack shall be
visible on the surface of the test piece when examined under low power magnification.
Cracks within a 5 mm wide zone along cut or sawn edges, or around stamped markings, originating from the test
piece preparation shall be disregarded.
8 Test report
The test report shall include the following information:
a) identification of the sample, and the location of the test piece in the sample if the test was carried out on a test
piece taken from the sample, rather than on the sample itself;
b) reference of the test method used;
c) pH-value of the solution producing the ammonical atmosphere;
d) exposure temperature;
e) number of replicate test pieces tested;
f) test results: cracks or no cracks (as required in the appropriate product specification);
7541014/10787806875Biblio
g) any unusual features noted during the determination;

h) any operation not included in this European Standard or in the document to which reference is made or
regarded as optional;
i) date of the test and/or date of preparation or signature of the test report.
6
EN 14977:2006 (E)
Bibliography
In the preparation of this European Standard, use was made of a number of documents for reference purposes.
The relevant publications are listed hereafter.
[1] ASTM G 37 – 98, Standard Practice for Use of Mattsson's Solution of pH 7.2 to Evaluate the Stress-
Corrosion Cracking Susceptibility of Copper-Zinc Alloys
[2] EN ISO 196, Wrought copper and copper alloys — Detection of residual stress — Mercury(I)nitrate test
(ISO 196:1978).
[3] ISO 6957, Copper alloys — Ammonia test for stress corrosion resistance.
[4] Mattsson, E., Holm, R. and Hassel, L.: Ammonia Test for Stress Corrosion Resistance of Copper Alloys
[5] Sick, H., Werkstoffe und Korrosion 38, 356-358 (1978).

7541014/10787806875Biblio
February 2012
DIN EN 16090
D
ICS 77.120.30

Estimation of average grain size by ultrasound

Bestimmung der mittleren Korngröße durch Ultraschall
Estimation de la taille moyenne de grain par ultrasons

7541014/10787806875Biblio

has the exclusive
©
standards,
rightedited by e.V.
of sale DIN, Beuth
for German Verlag, 2015.
Standards
www.din.de !$yx~"
ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211.
(DIN-Normen).
DIN EN 16090:2012-02
National foreword
This standard has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys”, Working
Group WG 3 “Copper tubes (installation and industrial)” (both secretariats are held by DIN, Germany).
und Industrie).
7541014/10787806875Biblio
NORME EUROPÉENNE
ICS 77.120.30
English Version
Copper and copper alloys - Estimation of average grain size by

ultrasound
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Estimation de la taille Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Bestimmung der mittleren
moyenne de grain par ultrasons Korngröße durch Ultraschall


7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 16090:2012-02
EN 16090:2011 (E)
Contents Page
Foreword ..............................................................................................................................................................3
Introduction .........................................................................................................................................................4
1 Scope ......................................................................................................................................................5
4.2 Condition of products to be tested ......................................................................................................6
4.3 Test equipment ......................................................................................................................................6
4.4 Procedure ...............................................................................................................................................7
6 Reference samples and calibration .....................................................................................................8
Bibliography ........................................................................................................................................................9
Figures
Figure 1 — Simplified representation of ultrasonic technique for grain size estimation ...........................7
Figure 2 — Simplified illustration of backscattered signals ..........................................................................7
7541014/10787806875Biblio
2
DIN EN 16090:2012-02
EN 16090:2011 (E)
Foreword
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 16090:2012-02
EN 16090:2011 (E)
Introduction
The test by ultrasound described in this standard has the objective of estimating the dimension of average
grain size in copper and copper alloy products.
When using this test by ultrasound technique it is important to recognise that the estimation of grain size is not
a precise measurement because a metal structure is an aggregate of three-dimensional crystals of varying
sizes and shapes. Clearly, no two areas of observation then can be exactly the same.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
4
DIN EN 16090:2012-02
EN 16090:2011 (E)
1 Scope
This European Standard specifies a method for the estimation of the average grain size of copper and copper
alloy products by ultrasound. This standard can be applied for seamless round tubes as well as for flat
products.
This method can be used in place of test methods according to EN ISO 2624, mentioned in the relevant
product standards. As reference method and in case of doubt the intercept procedure or planimetric procedure
has to be used.
EN 473:2008, Non-destructive testing — Qualification and certification of NDT personnel — General principles
EN 583-1:1998, Non-destructive testing — Ultrasonic examination — Part 1: General principles
EN 1330-4, Non-destructive testing — Terminology — Part 4: Terms used in ultrasonic testing
EN ISO 2624:1995, Copper and copper alloys — Estimation of average grain size (ISO 2624:1990)

For the purposes of this document, the terms and definitions given in EN 1330-4 and the following apply.
3.1
grain
area in a metal within the boundary of a crystal
NOTE For the purpose of applying the method described in this European Standard, a crystal and its twin bands are
considered as one grain. Sub-grains, minor constituent phases, inclusions and additives are not considered in the
estimation of the grain size.
The ultrasonic test shall be made by operators trained in this technique and it shall be done under the
responsibility of qualified staff. The qualified staff shall be competent. When agreed upon between the
purchaser and the supplier, qualification of the personnel shall be certified according to EN 473:2008.
The qualified staffs is especially responsible for the
 issue and release of test procedures for operators;
 training of operators in ultrasonic testing;
 compilation and release of correlation of ultrasonic signals and grain size (calibration curve).
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 16090:2012-02
EN 16090:2011 (E)
4.2 Condition of products to be tested
Products shall be sufficiently clean to permit satisfactory test operation and adequate coupling. Products shall
be free of deep cracks and grooves generating ultrasonic signals.
This method is only applicable for products in the material condition:
 annealed;
 light-annealed;
 light-drawn;
 soft annealed.
4.3 Test equipment
Ultrasonic equipment with pulse echo technique shall be used as described in EN 583-1:1998, 5.4. It is
recommended to use test equipment according to EN 12668-1 and EN 12668-2.
Ultrasonic testing and result analysis typically is done in an automated system against pre-determined criteria
without human intervention.
When driving mechanics are used for the sample they have to be as vibration-free as possible. In general, if
samples will be moved during the test (in axial direction or by rotation), it is required to keep the distance
between sample and probe constant.
Probes within the frequency range of 1 MHz to 60 MHz have to be applied.
Coupling of the ultrasonic waves is provided by a coupling fluid, e.g. water or oil (see EN 583-1:1998, 6.3). For
constant coupling an automated ultrasonic testing is recommended to apply the immersion technique.
Tube-curvature (ovality, roundness) is not to be considered as the ultrasonic spot size (focal point) is very
small.
Parasitic echoes and echoes of discontinuities should be eliminated from the ultrasonic evaluation process by
adequate means.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
6
DIN EN 16090:2012-02
EN 16090:2011 (E)
Key
1 housing
2 single Transducer
3 ultrasonic beam
4 coupling medium
5 sample
Figure 1 — Simplified representation of ultrasonic technique for grain size estimation
4.4 Procedure
Prepare sample (cut to length, clean if necessary). Adjust instrument once per day before the first test (see
Clause 5). Couple sample with transducer by using a coupling fluid. Estimate the grain size by using the
reflection of ultrasonic waves on grain boundaries. The backscattered signals from the grains in the product
are analysed in an A-scan presentation. The signals vary in dependence of the average grain size (see
Figure 2).
Key
1 small grains
2 large grains
X time of flight
Y backscattered intensity
Figure 2 — Simplified illustration of backscattered signals

7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN EN 16090:2012-02
EN 16090:2011 (E)
The test equipment shall be adjusted previous to the test of samples using a reference sample in accordance
with Clause 6.
The control survey for adjustment of the ultrasonic equipment should be repeated at least every working day
with the relevant reference sample.
IMPORTANT — In the event of deviations during adjustment greater than ± 3 µm, the ultrasonic
equipment has to be re-calibrated! If re-calibration is not successful, calibration according to Clause 6
has to be done again. All tubes tested since the last adjustment shall be considered as not been
tested.
6 Reference samples and calibration

Ultrasonic testing is a comparative method. Calibrations for every alloy or group of alloys (calibration-graph)
considering the thickness are required.
The reference samples shall represent the whole range of grain sizes as specified in the relevant product
standard. The reference samples are tested in parallel
1) with the ultrasonic technique, and
2) according to intercept procedure or planimetric procedure as described in EN ISO 2624:1995.
Test results of both methods have to be matched and this correlation of ultrasonic signals and grain size
(calibration curve) is used as a basis for future ultrasonic testing and instrumental adjustment.
The acceptance criteria are specified in the relevant product standards. In the event that the sample fails to
meet the test requirements the procedures for retest in the relevant product standard apply. Samples for
retests shall be tested with one of the methods described in EN ISO 2624:1995.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
8
DIN EN 16090:2012-02
EN 16090:2011 (E)
Bibliography
EN 12668-1, Non-destructive testing — Characterization and verification of ultrasonic examination

equipment — Part 1: Instruments
EN 12668-2, Non-destructive testing — Characterization and verification of ultrasonic examination

equipment — Part 2: Probes
7541014/10787806875Biblio
DIN CEN/TS 13388 (DIN SPEC 9700):2013-05
Table NB.1 (2 of 2)
DIN EN 1982 DIN 17656:1973-06a
Symbol Number Symbol Number
CuZn37Pb2Ni1AlFe-B CB753S — —
CuZn39Pb1Al-B CB754S GB-CuZn37Pb 2.0342
— — GB-CuZn39Pb 2.0383
CuZn39Pb1AlB-B CB755S — —
CuZn15As-B CB760S — —
CuZn16Si4-B CB761S GB-CuZn15Si4 2.0493
CuZn25Al5Mn4Fe3-B CB762S GB-CuZn25Al5 2.0608
CuZn32Al2Mn2Fe1-B CB763S — —
CuZn34Mn3Al2Fe1-B CB764S GB-CuZn34Al2 2.0606
CuZn35Mn2Al1Fe1-B CB765S GB-CuZn35Al1 2.0602
CuZn37Al1-B CB766S GB-CuZn37Al1 2.0605
CuZn38Al-B CB767S GB-CuZn38Al 2.0601
— — GB-CuZn40Fe 2.0600
a DIN 17656, Copper casting alloys, ingot metals — Composition
Table NB.2 — Castings as in DIN 17655
DIN EN 1982 DIN 17655:1981-11a

Material designation Casting Material designation
Symbol Number methods Symbol Number
— — — GK-CuL35 2.0109.02
— — — GK-CuL45 2.0082.02
— — — GK-SCuL50 2.0075.02
Cu-C CC040A Type C GS G-CuL35 2.0109.01
Cu-C CC040A Type B GS G-CuL45 2.0082.01
Cu-C CC040A Type A GS G-CuL50 2.0085.01
— — — G-SCuL50 2.0075.01
Cu-C CC040A GM GK-CuL50 2.0085.02

CuCr1-C CC140C GS G-CuCrF35 2.1292.91
— — GM GK-CuCrF35 2.1292.92
a DIN 17655, Unalloyed and low alloy, copper materials for casting — Castings
7541014/10787806875Biblio
10
Table NB.3 — Materials for castings as in DIN 1714
DIN EN 1982 DIN 1714:1981-11a

CuMn11Al8Fe3Ni3-C CC212E GS — —
CuAl9-C CC330G GM — —
GZ — —
CuAl10Fe2-C CC331G GS G-CuAl10Fe 2.0940.01
GM GK-CuAl10Fe 2.0940.02
GZ GZ-CuAl10Fe 2.0940.03
GC — —
CuAl10Ni3Fe2-C CC332G GS G-CuAl9Ni 2.0970.01
GM GK-CuAl9Ni 2.0970.02
GZ GZ-CuAl9Ni 2.0970.03
GC — —
CuAl10Fe5Ni5-C CC333G GS G-CuAl10Ni 2.0975.01
GC GC-CuAl10Ni 2.0975.04
CuAl11Fe6Ni6-C CC334G GS G-CuAl11Ni 2.0980.01
— — — G-CuAl8Mn 2.0962.01
— GK-CuAl8Mn 2.0962.02
a DIN 1714, Copper-aluminium casting alloys (Cast aluminium bronze) — Castings
DIN EN 1982 DIN 17658:1973-06a

CuNi10Fe1Mn1-C CC380H GS G-CuNi10 2.0815.01
GZ — —
GC — —
CuNi30Fe1Mn1-C CC381H GS — —
GZ — —
CuNi30Cr2FeMnSi-C CC382H GS — —
CuNi30Fe1Mn1NbSi-C CC383H GS G-CuNi30 2.0835.01
a DIN 17658, Copper-nickel casting alloys — Castings
7541014/10787806875Biblio
11
DIN EN 1982 DIN 1705:1981-11a

Material designation Material designation
Casting methods
CuSn10-C CC480K GS G-CuSn10 2.1050.01
GM — —
GZ — —
GC — —
CuSn11P-C CC481K GS, GM, GZ, GC — —
CuSn11Pb2-C CC482K GS G-CuSn12Pb 2.1061.01
GZ GZ-CuSn12Pb 2.1061.03
GC GC-CuSn12Pb 2.1061.04
CuSn12-C CC483K GS G-CuSn12 2.1052.01
GM — —
GZ GZ-CuSn12 2.1052.03
GC GC-CuSn12 2.1052.04
CuSn12Ni2-C CC484K GS G-CuSn12Ni 2.1060.01
GZ GZ-CuSn12Ni 2.1060.03
GC GC-CuSn12Ni 2.1060.04
— — — G-CuSn10Zn 2.1086.01
CuSn3Zn8Pb5-C CC490K GS G-CuSn2ZnPb 2.1098.01
GZ — —
GC — —
GM — —
GZ — —
GC — —
CuSn7Zn2Pb3-C CC492K GS G-CuSn6ZnNi 2.1093.01
GM — —
GZ — —
GC — —
GM — —
GZ GZ-CuSn7ZnPb 2.1090.03
GC GC-CuSn7ZnPb 2.1090.04
CuSn6Zn4Pb2-C CC498K GS, GM, GZ, GC — —

CuSn5Zn5Pb2-C CC499K GS, GM, GZ, GC — —
a DIN 1705, Copper-tin and copper-tin-zinc casting alloys (Cast tin bronze and gunmetal) — Castings
7541014/10787806875Biblio
12
DIN EN 1982 DIN 1716:1981-11a

— — — G-CuPb5Sn 2.1170.01
CuSn5Pb9-C CC494K GS — —
GM — —
GZ — —
GC — —
CuSn10Pb10-C CC495K GS G-CuPb10Sn 2.1176.01
GM — —
GZ GZ-CuPb10Sn 2.1176.03
GC GC-CuPb10Sn 2.1176.04
GZ GZ-CuPb15Sn 2.1182.03
GC GC-CuPb15Sn 2.1182.04
GZ — —
GC — —
— — — G-CuPb22Sn 2.1166.09
a DIN 1716, Copper-lead-tin casting alloys (Cast tin-lead bronze) — Castings
7541014/10787806875Biblio
13
DIN EN 1982 DIN 1709:1981-11a

CuZn33Pb2-C CC750S GS G-CuZn33Pb 2.0290.01
GZ — —
CuZn33Pb2Si-C CC751S GP — —
CuZn35Pb2Al-C CC752S GM — —
GP — —
CuZn37Pb2Ni1AlFe-C CC753S GM — —
CuZn39Pb1Al-C CC754S GS — —
GM GK-CuZn37Pb 2.0340.02
GZ — —
GP GD-CuZn37Pb 2.0340.05
CuZn39Pb1AlB-C CC755S GM — —
GP — —
CuZn15As-C CC760S GS G-CuZn15 2.0241.01
CuZn16Si4-C CC761S GS G-CuZn15Si4 2.0492.01
GM GK-CuZn15Si4 2.0492.02
GZ — —
GP GD-CuZn15Si4 2.0492.05
CuZn25Al5Mn4Fe3-C CC762S GS G-CuZn25Al5 2.0598.01
GM GK-CuZn25Al5 2.0598.02
GZ GZ-CuZn25Al5 2.0598.03
GC — —
CuZn32Al2Mn2Fe1-C CC763S GS — —
GP — —
CuZn34Mn3Al2Fe1-C CC764S GS G-CuZn34Al2 2.0596.01
CuZn35Mn2Al1Fe1-C CC765S GS G-CuZn35Al1 2.0592.01
GC — —
CuZn37Al1-C CC766S GM GK-CuZn37Al1 2.0595.02
CuZn38Al-C CC767S GM GK-CuZn38Al 2.0591.02
— — GS G-CuZn40Fe 2.0590.01
GZ GZ-CuZn40Fe 2.0590.03
a DIN 1709, Copper-zinc alloy castings (brass and special brass castings)
7541014/10787806875Biblio
14
National Annex NC
(informative)
Comparison of European material designations with former DIN designations —

Master alloys
Table NC.1 in this annex provides a comparison of current material designations as in DIN EN 1981 to the material
designations as in the withdrawn DIN 17657 for master alloys.
Table NC.1 — Materials as in DIN 17657
DIN EN 1981 DIN 17657:1973-03a
CuAl50(A) CM344G V-CuAl50 2.1602
CuAl50(B) CM345G — —
CuAs30 CM200E V-CuAs30 2.1605
CuB2 CM121C — —
CuBe4 CM122C — —
CuCo10 CM237E — —
CuCo15 CM201E — —
— — V-CuCd50 2.1608
CuCr10 CM202E V-CuCr10 2.1610
CuFe10(A) CM203E V-CuFe10 2.1613
CuFe10(B) CM204E — —
CuFe15 CM213E — —
CuFe20(A) CM205E V-CuFe20 2.1616
CuFe20(B) CM206E — —
CuLi2 CM123C — —
CuMg10 CM238E — —
CuMg20 CM207E — —
(CuMn20)b (CM208E)b — —
— — V-CuMn26Fe 2.1620
CuMn30(A) CM209E V-CuMn30 2.1622
CuMn30(B) CM210E — —
CuMn50 CM211E — —
CuNi30 CM390H V-CuNi30 2.1625
CuNi50 CM239E — —
— — V-CuNi50 2.1628
CuP10(A) CM215E VR-CuP10 2.1633
CuP10(B) CM216E V-CuP10 2.1631
CuP15(A) CM217E — —
CuP15(B) CM218E — —
CuP15(C) CM219E — —
CuS20 CM230E — —
CuSi10(A) CM231E V-CuSi10 2.1637
CuSi10(B) CM232E — —
CuSi20(A) CM233E V-CuSi20 2.1640
CuSi30(A) CM240E — —
(CuTi28)b (CM235E)b — —
CuTi30 CM244E — —
CuZr50 CM236E V-CuZr50 2.1645
CuZr50(B) CM242E — —
CuZr50(C) CM243E — —
7541014/10787806875Biblio
a DIN 17657, Copper master alloys — Composition

b These materials have not been incorporated into EN 1981:2003.
15
National Annex ND
(informative)
Bibliography
[1] DIN V 17912:1999-03, Copper and copper alloys — Provisions and procedures for the allocation of material
numbers and registration of materials (CR 12776:1997)
7541014/10787806875Biblio
16
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CEN/TS 13388
SPÉCIFICATION TECHNIQUE
TECHNISCHE SPEZIFIKATION February 2013
ICS 77.120.30; 77.150.30 Supersedes CEN/TS 13388:2008
English Version
Copper and copper alloys - Compendium of compositions and

products
Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Inventaire des compositions et Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Übersicht über
des produits Zusammensetzungen und Produkte
This Technical Specification (CEN/TS) was approved by CEN on 17 December 2012 for provisional application.
The period of validity of this CEN/TS is limited initially to three years. After two years the members of CEN will be requested to submit their
comments, particularly on the question whether the CEN/TS can be converted into a European Standard.
CEN members are required to announce the existence of this CEN/TS in the same way as for an EN and to make the CEN/TS available
promptly at national level in an appropriate form. It is permissible to keep conflicting national standards in force (in parallel to the CEN/TS)
until the final decision about the possible conversion of the CEN/TS into an EN is reached.
Kingdom.


7541014/10787806875Biblio
© 2013 CEN All rights of exploitation in any form and by any means reserved Ref. No. CEN/TS 13388:2013: E
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Contents Page
Foreword ..............................................................................................................................................................4
Introduction .........................................................................................................................................................5
1 Scope ......................................................................................................................................................6
3 Compositions of coppers and copper alloys standardised by CEN/TC 133 ...................................6
3.1 Composition of coppers .......................................................................................................................6
3.2 Composition of copper alloys ..............................................................................................................6
3.3 Composition of master alloys ..............................................................................................................7
3.4 Composition of ingots and castings....................................................................................................7
3.5 Composition of filler metals .................................................................................................................7
3.6 Composition of copper and copper alloy scrap .................................................................................7
4 Available product forms of copper and copper alloys standardised by CEN/TC 133 ....................7
4.1 Wrought coppers and copper alloys ...................................................................................................7
4.2 Master alloys ..........................................................................................................................................7
4.3 Ingots and castings ...............................................................................................................................8
4.4 Filler metals ............................................................................................................................................8
4.5 Scrap .......................................................................................................................................................8
5 Copper and copper alloys standardised by other CEN Technical Committees ..............................8
6 Copper and copper alloys registered by CEN/TC 133 .......................................................................8
Table 1.1 — Composition of copper cathodes according to EN 1978:1998, Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) and
Cu-CATH-2 (CR002A) ...............................................................................................................9
Table 1.2 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) according to
EN 1978 ................................................................................................................................... 10
Table 1.3 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades, other than those made from Cu-CATH-1
(CR001A) according to EN 1978 ........................................................................................... 11
Table 1.4 — Composition of phosphorus-containing copper grades ........................................................ 11
Table 1.5 — Composition of silver-containing copper grades (silver-bearing coppers) ......................... 12
Table 2 — Composition of copper alloys, low alloyed (less than 5 % alloying elements) ....................... 13
Table 3 — Composition of copper-aluminium alloys ................................................................................... 15
Table 4 — Composition of copper-nickel alloys ........................................................................................... 15
Table 5 — Composition of copper-nickel-zinc alloys .................................................................................. 16
Table 6 — Composition of copper-tin alloys ................................................................................................ 17
Table 7 — Composition of copper-zinc alloys, binary ................................................................................. 18
Table 8 — Composition of copper-zinc-lead alloys ..................................................................................... 19
Table 9 — Composition of copper-zinc alloys, complex ............................................................................. 21
Table 10 — Wrought coppers and copper alloys specified in European product Standards prepared by
CEN/TC 133............................................................................................................................. 23
Table 11 — Master alloys — Composition .................................................................................................... 35
Table 12.1 — Ingots and castings — Copper and copper-chromium alloys — Compositions and
casting processes ................................................................................................................. 38

Table 12.2 — Ingots and castings — Copper-zinc alloys — Composition and casting processes ........ 39
Table 12.3 — Ingots and castings — Copper-tin alloys — Composition and casting processes ........... 42
Table 12.4 — Ingots and castings — Copper-tin-lead alloys — Composition and casting processes .. 43
Table 12.5 — Ingots and castings — Copper-aluminium alloys — Composition and casting processes45
Table 12.6 — Ingots and castings — Copper-manganese-aluminium alloys — Composition and
casting processes ................................................................................................................. 46
Table 12.7 — Ingots and castings — Copper-nickel alloys — Composition and casting processes ..... 47
Table 13.1 — Filler metals — Composition of copper.................................................................................. 48
Table 13.2 — Filler metals — Composition of miscellaneous copper alloys ............................................ 49
Table 13.3 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-zinc alloys .............................................................. 50
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Table 13.4 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-tin alloys ................................................................. 51

Table 13.5 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-aluminium alloys ................................................... 51
Table 13.6 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-nickel-zinc alloys................................................... 52
Table 14 — Scrap — Composition ................................................................................................................. 52
2
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 15.1 — Class AG: silver brazing filler metals standardised by CEN/TC 121 ....................................56
Table 15.2 — Class CP: copper-phosphorus brazing filler metals standardised by CEN/TC 121 ...........57
Table 15.3 — Class CU: copper brazing filler metals — Series CU 100 and CU 200 standardised by
CEN/TC 121 ............................................................................................................................. 58
Table 15.4 — Class CU: copper brazing filler metals — Series Cu 300 standardised by CEN/TC 121 ....58
Table 16 — Composition of copper alloys, standardised by CLC/TC 9X ...................................................59
Bibliography ...................................................................................................................................................... 60
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Foreword
This document (CEN/TS 13388:2013) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and
Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent rights.
CEN [and/or CENELEC] shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights.
This document supersedes CEN/TS 13388:2008.
countries are bound to announce this Technical Specification: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech
This revision takes into account the latest changes regarding materials and compositions to:
 EN 1172:2011;
 EN 1976:2012;
 EN 12449:2012;
 EN 12163:2011;
 EN 12164:2011;
 EN 12165:2011;
 EN 12166:2011;
 EN 12167:2011;
 EN 12168:2011.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
4
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Introduction
CEN/TC 133 "Copper and copper alloys" was established in 1988 to prepare and maintain standards in the field of
unwrought, wrought and cast products made from copper and copper alloys. Its responsibilities included
developing, defining, specifying and giving guidance on, as appropriate, material compositions, designations,
terminology, dimensions and tolerances, mechanical and physical characteristics, conditions of delivery and
methods of testing peculiar to copper and copper alloys.
During the development of standards for copper and copper alloy products, the experts realised the necessity and
seised the opportunity:
a) to co-ordinate and in some cases also to rationalise the composition limits which already existed for the
various product forms;
b) to establish unique, new and identifiably European designations for copper and copper alloys, including a
numerical option to be particularly convenient for computerised handling;
c) to confirm, clarify and re-define where necessary, the terminology which already existed in common usage, at
the international level or in customs nomenclature.
CEN/TC 133 decided, in view of the new form of presentation and new parameters for the description and provision
of information on copper and copper alloy products, to prepare and publish the present consolidation and summary
of essential details.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
1 Scope
This Technical Specification provides a summary of material designations, compositions and the product forms in
which they are available, for coppers and copper alloys standardised in European Standards by CEN/TC 133
"Copper and copper alloys".
It also includes copper alloys which are not standardised by CEN/TC 133 but by other CEN Technical Committees
responsible for products in copper alloys, and other copper alloys not yet standardised. These alloys have been
registered by CEN/TC 133 in accordance with the procedures laid down in CR 12776.
The following documents, in whole or in part, are normatively referenced in this document and are indispensable for
its application. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the
referenced document (including any amendments) applies.
EN 1976, Copper and copper alloys — Cast unwrought copper products
EN 1982:2008, Copper and copper alloys — Ingots and castings
3 Compositions of coppers and copper alloys standardised by CEN/TC 133
3.1 Composition of coppers
The symbol and number designations and compositions of copper grades are given in the following tables:
Table 1.1 — Composition of copper cathodes according to EN 1978:1998, Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) and Cu-CATH-2
(CR002A)
Table 1.2 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A)
Table 1.3 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades, other than those made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A)
Table 1.4 — Composition of phosphorus-containing copper grades
Table 1.5 — Composition of silver-containing copper grades (silver-bearing coppers)
3.2 Composition of copper alloys
The symbol and number designations and compositions of copper alloys are given in the following tables:
Table 2 — Composition of copper alloys, low alloyed (less than 5 % alloying elements)
Table 3 — Composition of copper-aluminium alloys
Table 4 — Composition of copper-nickel alloys
Table 5 — Composition of copper-nickel-zinc alloys
Table 6 — Composition of copper-tin alloys
Table 7 — Composition of copper-zinc alloys, binary
Table 8 — Composition of copper-zinc-lead alloys

7541014/10787806875Biblio
Table 9 — Composition of copper-zinc alloys, complex
6
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
3.3 Composition of master alloys
The symbol and number designations and compositions of master alloys in accordance with EN 1981:2003 are
given in Table 11.
3.4 Composition of ingots and castings
The symbol and number designations and compositions of ingots and castings in accordance with EN 1982:2008
are given in the following tables:
Table 12.1 — Ingots and castings — Composition of copper and copper-chromium alloys and casting processes
Table 12.2 — Ingots and castings — Composition of copper-zinc alloys and casting processes
Table 12.3 — Ingots and castings — Composition of copper-tin alloys and casting processes
Table 12.4 — Ingots and castings — Composition of copper-tin-lead alloys and casting processes
Table 12.5 — Ingots and castings — Composition of copper-aluminium alloys and casting processes
Table 12.6 — Ingots and castings — Composition of copper-manganese-aluminium alloys and casting processes
Table 12.7 — Ingots and castings — Composition of copper-nickel alloys and casting processes
3.5 Composition of filler metals
The symbol and number designations and compositions of filler metals in accordance with EN 13347:2002 are
given in the following tables:
Table 13.1 — Filler metals — Composition of copper
Table 13.2 — Filler metals — Composition of miscellaneous copper alloys
Table 13.3 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-zinc alloys
Table 13.4 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-tin alloys
Table 13.5 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-aluminium alloys
Table 13.6 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-nickel-zinc alloys
3.6 Composition of copper and copper alloy scrap
The symbol and number designations and compositions of copper and copper alloy scrap in accordance with
EN 12861:1999 are given in Table 14.
4 Available product forms of copper and copper alloys standardised by CEN/TC 133
4.1 Wrought coppers and copper alloys
The product forms and applicable standards are given in Table 10.
4.2 Master alloys

7541014/10787806875Biblio
The product forms are given in Table 11.
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
4.3 Ingots and castings
The product forms are given in Tables 12.1 to 12.7.
4.4 Filler metals
The product forms are given in Tables 13.1 to 13.6.
4.5 Scrap
The product forms are given in Table 14.
5 Copper and copper alloys standardised by other CEN Technical Committees

The symbol and number designations of copper alloys standardised by other CEN Technical Committees but
allocated by CEN/TC 133 Secretariat, in accordance with the procedures laid down in CR 12776, are given in
Tables 15.1 to 15.4 and Table 16.
6 Copper and copper alloys registered by CEN/TC 133

The symbol and number designations of copper grades and copper alloys registered by CEN/TC 133 in
accordance with the procedures laid down in CR 12776 will be given in Table 17.
NOTE At the time of publication of this Technical Specification, no requests for registration of copper grades or copper
alloys had been received.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
8
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 1.1 — Composition of copper cathodes according to EN 1978:1998, Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) and Cu-CATH-2 (CR002A)
Composition in % (mass fraction)
Material designation Sum of elements

Element Cu Ag As Bi Cd Co Cr Fe Mn Ni P Pb S Sb Se Si Sn Te Zn listed in this table
other than copper
Symbol Number
min. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Cu-CATH-1 CR001A
max. — 0,002 5 0,000 5a 0,000 20b —a —c —a 0,001 0c —a —c —a 0,000 5 0,001 5d 0,000 4a 0,000 20b —c —c 0,000 20b —c 0,006 5
min. 99,90e — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Cu-CATH-2 CR002A
max. — — — 0,000 5 — — — — — — — 0,005 — — — — — — — 0,03 excluding Ag
a (As + Cd + Cr + Mn + P + Sb) maximum 0,001 5 %
b (Bi + Se + Te) maximum 0,000 3 %, of which (Se + Te) maximum 0,000 30 %
c (Co + Fe + Ni + Si + Sn + Zn) maximum 0,002 0 %
d The sulfur content shall be determined on a cast sample.
e Including silver up to a maximum of 0,015 %
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 1.2 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) according to EN 1978
Material designation Composition in % (mass fraction)
Symbol Number
unwrought wrought Element Cu Ag As Bi Cd Co Cr Fe Mn Ni O P Pb
copper copper
min. — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Cu-ETP1 CR003A CW003A
max. — 0,002 5 0,000 5a 0,000 20b —a —c —a 0,001 0c —a —c 0,040 —a 0,000 5
min. — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Cu-OF1 CR007A CW007A
max. — 0,002 5 0,000 5a 0,000 20b —a —c —a 0,001 0c —a —c —d —a 0,000 5
min. 99,99 — — — — — — — — — — — —
Cu-OFE CR009A CW009A
max. — 0,002 5 0,000 5 0,000 20 0,000 1 — — 0,001 0 0,000 5 0,001 0 —d 0,000 3 0,000 5
min. 99,99 — — — — — — — — — — 0,001 —
Cu-PHCE CR022A CW022A
max. — 0,002 5 0,000 5 0,000 20 0,000 1 — — 0,001 0 0,000 5 0,001 0 —d 0,006 0,000 5

Elements listed in this
Symbol Number
table other than copper
Element S Sb Se Si Sn Te Zn
unwrought wrought
total excluding
copper copper
min. — — — — — — — —
Cu-ETP1 CR003A CW003A O
max. 0,001 5 0,000 4a 0,000 20b —c —c 0,000 20b —c 0,006 5
min. — — — — — — — —
Cu-OF1 CR007A CW007A O
max. 0,001 5 0,000 4a 0,000 20b —c —c 0,000 20b —c 0,006 5
min. — — — — — — — —
Cu-OFE CR009A CW009A —
max. 0,001 5 0,000 4 0,000 20 — 0,000 2 0,000 20 0,000 1 —
min. — — — — — — — —
Cu-PHCE CR022A CW022A —
max. 0,001 5 0,000 4 0,000 20 — 0,000 2 0,000 20 0,000 1 —
a (As + Cd + Cr + Mn + P + Sb) max. 0,001 5 %
b (Bi + Se + Te) max. 0,000 3 %, of which (Se + Te) max. 0,000 30 %
c (Co + Fe + Ni + Si + Sn + Zn) max. 0,002 0 %
d The oxygen content shall be controlled by the manufacturer so that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement requirements of EN 1976.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
10
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 1.3 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades,

other than those made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) according to EN 1978
Symbol Number Other elements

Element Cua Bi O Pb (see note)
unwrought wrought
copper copper total excluding
min. 99,90 — — — —
Cu-ETP CR004A CW004A Ag, O
max. — 0,000 5 0,040b 0,005 0,03
min. 99,90 — — — —
Cu-FRHC CR005A CW005A Ag, O
max. — — 0,040b — 0,06 d
min. 99,90 — — — —
Cu-FRTP CR006A CW006A Ag, Ni, O
max. — — 0,100 — 0,05
min. 99,95 — — — —
Cu-OF CR008A CW008A Ag
max. — 0,000 5 —c 0,005 0,03
NOTE The total of other elements (than copper) is defined as the sum of Ag, As, Bi, Cd, Co, Cr, Fe, Mn, Ni, O, P, Pb, S,
Sb, Se, Si, Sn, Te and Zn, subject to the exclusion of any individual elements indicated.
c The oxygen content shall be controlled by the manufacturer so that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement
requirements of EN 1976.
d Higher total impurities content is permitted, subject to agreement between the purchaser and the supplier.
Table 1.4 — Composition of phosphorus-containing copper grades
Symbol Number Other elements

Element Cua Bi P Pb (see note)
unwrought wrought
min. 99,95 — 0,001 — —
Cu-PHC CR020A CW020A Ag, P
max. — 0,000 5 0,006 0,005 0,03b
min. 99,95 — 0,002 — —
Cu-HCP CR021A CW021A Ag, P
max. — 0,000 5 0,007 0,005 0,03b
min. 99,90 — 0,005 — —
Cu-DLP CR023A CW023A Ag, Ni, P
max. — 0,000 5 0,013 0,005 0,03
min. 99,90 — 0,015 — —

Cu-DHP CR024A CW024A —
max. — — 0,040 — —c
min. 99,90 — 0,04 — —
Cu-DXP CR025A — Ag, Ni, P
max. — 0,000 5 0,06 0,005 0,03
b The oxygen content shall be controlled by the manufacturer so that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement
7541014/10787806875Biblio
c If required, the permitted total of elements, other than silver and phosphorus, should be agreed between the purchaser
and the supplier.
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 1.5 — Composition of silver-containing copper grades (silver-bearing coppers)

Other elements
Symbol Number
(see note)
unwrought wrought Element Cu Ag Bi O P

min. Rem. 0,03 — — — —
CuAg0,04 CR011A CW011A Ag, O
max. — 0,05 0,000 5 0,040 — 0,03
min. Rem. 0,06 — — — —
max. — 0,08 0,000 5 0,040 — 0,03
min. Rem. 0,08 — — — —
max. — 0,12 0,000 5 0,040 — 0,03
min. Rem. 0,03 — — 0,001 —
CuAg0,04P CR014A CW014A Ag, P
max. — 0,05 0,000 5 —a 0,007 0,03
min. Rem. 0,06 — — 0,001 —
max. — 0,08 0,000 5 —a 0,007 0,03
min. Rem. 0,08 — — 0,001 —
max. — 0,12 0,000 5 —a 0,007 0,03
min. Rem. 0,03 — — — —
CuAg0,04(OF) CR017A CW017A Ag, O
max. — 0,05 0,000 5 —a — 0,006 5
min. Rem. 0,06 — — — —
max. — 0,08 0,000 5 —a — 0,006 5
min. Rem. 0,08 — — — —
max. — 0,12 0,000 5 —a — 0,006 5
a The oxygen content shall be controlled by the manufacturer so that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement
7541014/10787806875Biblio
12
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 2 — Composition of copper alloys, low alloyed (less than 5 % alloying elements)
(1 of 2)
Densitya
g/cm3
Others
Symbol Number Element Cu Al Be Co Cr Fe Mn Ni P Pb S Si Sn Te Zn Zr
total approx.
min. Rem. — 1,6 — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

CuBe1,7 CW100C 8,3
max. — — 1,8 0,3 — 0,2 — 0,3 — — — — — — — — 0,5
min. Rem. — 1,8 — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
CuBe2 CW101C 8,3
max. — — 2,1 0,3 — 0,2 — 0,3 — — — — — — — — 0,5
min. Rem. — 1,8 — — — — — — 0,2 — — — — — — —
CuBe2Pb CW102C 8,3
max. — — 2,0 0,3 — 0,2 — 0,3 — 0,6 — — — — — — 0,5
min. Rem. — 0,4 0,8 — — — 0,8 — — — — — — — — —
CuCo1Ni1Be CW103C 8,8
max. — — 0,7 1,3 — 0,2 — 1,3 — — — — — — — — 0,5
min. Rem. — 0,4 2,0 — — — — — — — — — — — — —
CuCo2Be CW104C 8,8
max. — — 0,7 2,8 — 0,2 — 0,3 — — — — — — — — 0,5
min. Rem. — — — 0,5 — — — — — — — — — — — —
CuCr1 CW105C 8,9
max. — — — — 1,2 0,08 — — — — — 0,1 — — — — 0,2
min. Rem. — — — 0,5 — — — — — — — — — — 0,03 —
CuCr1Zr CW106C 8,9
max. — — — — 1,2 0,08 — — — — — 0,1 — — — 0,3 0,2
min. Rem. — — — — 2,1 — — 0,015 — — — — — 0,05 — —

CuFe2P CW107C 8,8
max. — — — — — 2,6 — — 0,15 0,03 — — — — 0,20 — 0,2
min. Rem. — — — — — — 0,8 0,15 — — — — — — — —
CuNi1P CW108C 8,9
max. — — — — — — — 1,2 0,25 — — — — — — — 0,1
min. Rem. — — — — — — 1,0 — — — 0,4 — — — — —
CuNi1Si CW109C 8,8
max. — — — — — 0,2 0,1 1,6 — 0,02 — 0,7 — — — — 0,3
min. Rem. — 0,2 — — — — 1,4 — — — — — — — — —
CuNi2Be CW110C 8,8
max. — — 0,6 0,3 — 0,2 — 2,4 — — — — — — — — 0,5
7541014/10787806875Biblio
min. Rem. — — — — — — 1,6 — — — 0,4 — — — — —

CuNi2Si CW111C 8,8
max. — — — — — 0,2 0,1 2,5 — 0,02 — 0,8 — — — — 0,3
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 2 (2 of 2)
Densitya
g/cm3
Others
Symbol Number Element Cu Al Be Co Cr Fe Mn Ni P Pb S Si Sn Te Zn Zr
total approx.
min. Rem. — — — — — — 2,6 — — — 0,8 — — — — —

CuNi3Si1 CW112C 8,8
max. — — — — — 0,2 0,1 4,5 — 0,02 — 1,3 — — — — 0,5
min. Rem. — — — — — — — 0,003 0,7 — — — — — — —
CuPb1P CW113C 8,9
max. — — — — — — — — 0,012 1,5 — — — — — — 0,1
min. Rem. — — — — — — — 0,003 — 0,2 — — — — — —
CuSP CW114C 8,9
max. — — — — — — — — 0,012 — 0,7 — — — — — 0,1
min. Rem. — — — — — — — — — — 0,8 — — — — —
CuSi1 CW115C 8,8
max. — 0,02 — — — 0,8 0,7 — 0,02 0,05 — 2,0 — — 1,5 — 0,5
min. Rem. — — — — — 0,7 — — — — 2,7 — — — — —
CuSi3Mn1 CW116C 8,8
max. — 0,05 — — — 0,2 1,3 — 0,05 0,05 — 3,2 — — 0,4 — 0,5
min. Rem. — — — — — — — — — — — 0,10 — — — —
CuSn0,15 CW117C 8,9
max. — — — — — 0,02 — 0,02 0,015 — — — 0,15 — 0,10 — 0,10
min. Rem. — — — — — — — 0,003 — — — — 0,4 — — —
CuTeP CW118C 8,9
max. — — — — — — — — 0,012 — — — — 0,7 — — 0,1
min. Rem. — — — — — — — — — — — — — 0,1 — —

CuZn0,5 CW119C 8,9
max. — — — — — — — — 0,02 — — — — — 1,0 — 0,1
min. Rem. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 0,1 —
CuZr CW120C 8,9
max. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 0,2 0,1
min. Rem. — — — — — — — 0,01 — — 2,5 — — 1,0 — —
CuSi3Zn2P CW121C 8,6
max. — — — — — — 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,10 — 3,5 — — 3,0 — 0,2
a For information only
7541014/10787806875Biblio
14
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 3 — Composition of copper-aluminium alloys
Densitya
g/cm3
Others
Symbol Number Element Cu Al As Fe Mn Ni P Pb Si Sn Zn
total approx.
min. Rem. 4,0 0,1 — — — — — — — — —

CuAl5As CW300G 8,2
max. – 6,5 0,4 0,2 0,2 0,2 — 0,02 — 0,05 0,3 0,3
min. Rem. 6,0 — 0,5 — — — — 2,0 — — —
CuAl6Si2Fe CW301G 7,7
max. — 6,4 — 0,7 0,1 0,1 — 0,05 2,4 0,1 0,4 0,2
min. Rem. 6,3 — — — — — — 1,5 — — —
CuAl7Si2 CW302G 7,7
max. — 7,6 — 0,3 0,2 0,2 — 0,05 2,2 0,2 0,5 0,2
min. Rem. 6,5 — 1,5 — — — — — — — —
CuAl8Fe3 CW303G 7,7
max. — 8,5 — 3,5 1,0 1,0 — 0,05 0,2 0,1 0,5 0,2
min. Rem. 8,0 — 1,0 — 2,0 — — — — — —
CuAl9Ni3Fe2 CW304G 7,4
max. — 9,5 — 3,0 2,5 4,0 — 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,2 0,3
min. Rem. 9,0 — 0,5 — — — — — — — —
CuAl10Fe1 CW305G 7,6
max. — 10,0 — 1,5 0,5 1,0 — 0,02 0,2 0,1 0,5 0,2
min. Rem. 9,0 — 2,0 1,5 — — — — — — —
CuAl10Fe3Mn2 CW306G 7,6
max. — 11,0 — 4,0 3,5 1,0 — 0,05 0,2 0,1 0,5 0,2
min. Rem. 8,5 — 3,0 — 4,0 — — — — — —
CuAl10Ni5Fe4 CW307G 7,6
max. — 11,0 — 5,0 1,0 6,0 — 0,05 0,2 0,1 0,4 0,2
min. Rem. 10,5 — 5,0 — 5,0 — — — — — —
CuAl11Fe6Ni6 CW308G 7,4
max. — 12,5 — 7,0 1,5 7,0 — 0,05 0,2 0,1 0,5 0,2
min. Rem. 4,0 — 0,15 — — — — — 0,3 4,0 —
CuAl5Zn5Sn1 CW309G 8,2
max. — 6,0 — — — — 0,05 — — 1,5 6,0 0,5
Table 4 — Composition of copper-nickel alloys
Densitya
g/cm3
Others
Symbol Number Element Cu C Co Fe Mn Ni P Pb S Sn Zn
total approx.
min. Rem. — — — — 24,0 — — — — — —

CuNi25 CW350H 8,9
max. — 0,05 0,1 0,3 0,5 26,0 — 0,02 0,05 0,03 0,5 0,1
min. Rem. — — — — 8,5 — — — 1,8 — —

CuNi9Sn2 CW351H 8,9
max. — — — 0,3 0,3 10,5 — 0,03 — 2,8 0,1 0,1
min. Rem. — — 1,0 0,5 9,0 — — — — — —
CuNi10Fe1Mn CW352H 8,9
max. — 0,05 0,1b 2,0 1,0 11,0 0,02 0,02 0,05 0,03 0,5 0,2
min. Rem. — — 1,5 1,5 29,0 — — — — — —
CuNi30Fe2Mn2 CW353H 8,9
max. — 0,05 0,1b 2,5 2,5 32,0 0,02 0,02 0,05 0,05 0,5 0,2
min. Rem. — — 0,4 0,5 30,0 — — — — — —
CuNi30Mn1Fe CW354H 8,9
max. — 0,05 0,1b 1,0 1,5 32,0 0,02 0,02 0,05 0,05 0,5 0,2
7541014/10787806875Biblio

b Co max. 0,1 % is counted as Ni.
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 5 — Composition of copper-nickel-zinc alloys
Densitya
g/cm3
Others
Symbol Number Element Cu Fe Mn Ni Pb Sn Zn
total approx.
min. 47,0 — 1,5 6,0 2,3 — Rem. —

CuNi7Zn39Pb3Mn2 CW400J 8,5
max. 50,0 0,3 3,0 8,0 3,3 0,2 — 0,2
min. 61,0 — — 9,0 — — Rem. —
CuNi10Zn27 CW401J 8,6
max. 64,0 0,3 0,5 11,0 0,05 — — 0,2
min. 45,0 — — 9,0 1,0 — Rem. —
CuNi10Zn42Pb2 CW402J 8,4
max. 48,0 0,3 0,5 11,0 2,5 0,2 — 0,2
min. 63,0 — — 11,0 — — Rem. —
max. 66,0 0,3 0,5 13,0 0,03 0,03 — 0,2
min. 60,0 — — 11,0 0,5 — Rem. —
max. 63,0 0,3 0,5 13,0 1,5 0,2 — 0,2
min. 57,0 — — 11,0 — — Rem. —
max. 60,0 0,3 0,5 13,5 0,03 0,03 — 0,2
min. 56,0 — — 11,0 0,5 — Rem. —
max. 58,0 0,3 0,5 13,0 1,5 0,2 — 0,2
min. 42,0 — 4,5 11,0 1,0 — Rem. —
CuNi12Zn38Mn5Pb2 CW407J 8,4
max. 45,0 0,3 6,0 13,0 2,5 0,2 — 0,2
min. 59,5 — — 17,0 0,5 — Rem. —
max. 62,5 0,3 0,7 19,0 1,5 0,2 — 0,2
min. 60,0 — — 17,0 — — Rem. —
max. 63,0 0,3 0,5 19,0 0,03 0,03 — 0,2
min. 53,0 — — 17,0 — — Rem. —
max. 56,0 0,3 0,5 19,0 0,03 0,03 — 0,2
7541014/10787806875Biblio
16
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 6 — Composition of copper-tin alloys
Densitya
g/cm3
Others
Symbol Number Element Cu Fe Ni P Pb Sn Te Zn
total approx.
min. Rem. — — 0,01 — 3,5 — — —

CuSn4 CW450K 8,9
max. — 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,02 4,5 — 0,2 0,2
min. Rem. — — 0,01 — 4,5 — — —
CuSn5 CW451K 8,9
max. — 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,02 5,5 — 0,2 0,2
min. Rem. — — 0,01 — 5,5 — — —
CuSn6 CW452K 8,8
max. — 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,02 7,0 — 0,2 0,2
min. Rem. — — 0,01 — 7,5 — — —
CuSn8 CW453K 8,8
max. — 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,02 8,5 — 0,2 0,2
min. Rem. — — — — 1,5 — 7,5 —
CuSn3Zn9 CW454K 8,8
max. — 0,1 0,2 0,2 0,1 3,5 — 10,0 0,2
min. Rem. — — 0,2 1,5 3,5 — — —
CuSn4Pb2P CW455K 8,9
max. — 0,1 0,2 0,4 2,5 4,5 — 0,3 0,2
min. Rem. — — 0,01 3,5 3,5 — 3,5 —
CuSn4Pb4Zn4 CW456K 8,9
max. — 0,1 0,2 0,4 4,5 4,5 0,2 4,5 0,2
min. Rem. — — 0,1 — 4,0 0,5 — —
CuSn4Te1P CW457K 8,9
max. — 0,1 0,2 0,4 — 5,0 1,0 0,3 0,2
min. Rem. — — 0,01 0,5 3,5 — — —
CuSn5Pb1 CW458K 8,8
max. — 0,1 0,2 0,4 1,5 5,5 — 0,3 0,2
min. Rem. — — 0,2 — 7,5 — — —
CuSn8P CW459K 8,8
max. — 0,1 0,3 0,4 0,05 8,5 — 0,3 0,2
min. Rem. — — 0,2 0,1 7,5 — — —
CuSn8PbP CW460K 8,8
max. — 0,1 0,3 0,4 0,5 9,0 — 0,3 0,2
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 7 — Composition of copper-zinc alloys, binary
Densitya
g/cm3
Others
Symbol Number Element Cu As Al Fe Ni Pb Sn Zn
total approx.
min. 94,0 — — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn5 CW500L 8,9
max. 96,0 — 0,02 0,05 0,3 0,05 0,1 — 0,1
min. 89,0 — — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn10 CW501L 8,8
max. 91,0 — 0,02 0,05 0,3 0,05 0,1 — 0,1
min. 84,0 — — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn15 CW502L 8,8
max. 86,0 — 0,02 0,05 0,3 0,05 0,1 — 0,1
min. 79,0 — — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn20 CW503L 8,7
max. 81,0 — 0,02 0,05 0,3 0,05 0,1 — 0,1
min. 71,0 — — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn28 CW504L 8,6
max. 73,0 — 0,02 0,05 0,3 0,05 0,1 — 0,1
min. 69,0 — — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn30 CW505L 8,5
max. 71,0 — 0,02 0,05 0,3 0,05 0,1 — 0,1
min. 66,0 — — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn33 CW506L 8,5
max. 68,0 — 0,02 0,05 0,3 0,05 0,1 — 0,1
min. 63,5 — — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn36 CW507L 8,4
max. 65,5 — 0,02 0,05 0,3 0,05 0,1 — 0,1
min. 62,0 — — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn37 CW508L 8,4
max. 64,0 — 0,05 0,1 0,3 0,1 0,1 — 0,1
min. 59,0 — — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn40 CW509L 8,4
max. 61,5 — 0,05 0,2 0,3 0,2 0,2 — 0,2
min. 57,0 — — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn42 CW510L 8,4
max. 59,0 — 0,05 0,3 0,3 0,2 0,3 — 0,2
min. 61,5 0,02 — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn38As CW511L 8,4
max. 63,5 0,15 0,05 0,1 0,3 0,2 0,1 — 0,2
7541014/10787806875Biblio
18
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 8 — Composition of copper-zinc-lead alloys

(1 of 2)
Densitya
Material designation Composition in % (mass fraction) 3
g/cm
Others
Symbol Number Element Cu Al As Fe Mn Ni Pb Sn Zn
total approx.
min. 62,5 — — — — — 0,8 — Rem. —

CuZn35Pb1 CW600N 8,5
max. 64,0 0,05 — 0,1 — 0,3 1,6 0,1 — 0,1
min. 62,0 — — — — — 1,6 — Rem. —
max. 63,5 0,05 — 0,1 — 0,3 2,5 0,1 — 0,1
min. 61,0 — 0,02 — — — 1,7 — Rem. —
CuZn36Pb2As CW602N 8,4
max. 63,0 0,05 0,15 0,1 0,1 0,3 2,8 0,1 — 0,2
min. 60,0 — — — — — 2,5 — Rem. —
max. 62,0 0,05 — 0,3 — 0,3 3,5 0,2 — 0,2
min. 62,0 — — — — — 0,1 — Rem. —
CuZn37Pb0,5 CW604N 8,4
max. 64,0 0,05 — 0,1 — 0,3 0,8 0,2 — 0,2
min. 61,0 — — — — — 0,8 — Rem. —
max. 62,0 0,05 — 0,2 — 0,3 1,6 0,2 — 0,2
min. 61,0 — — — — — 1,6 — Rem. —
max. 62,0 0,05 — 0,2 — 0,3 2,5 0,2 — 0,2
min. 60,0 — — — — — 0,8 — Rem. —
max. 61,0 0,05 — 0,2 — 0,3 1,6 0,2 — 0,2
min. 60,0 — — — — — 1,6 — Rem. —
max. 61,0 0,05 — 0,2 — 0,3 2,5 0,2 — 0,2
min. 57,0 — — — — — 3,5 — Rem. —
max. 59,0 0,05 — 0,3 — 0,3 4,2 0,3 — 0,2
min. 59,0 — — — — — 0,2 — Rem. —
CuZn39Pb0,5 CW610N 8,4
max. 60,5 0,05 — 0,2 — 0,3 0,8 0,2 — 0,2
min. 59,0 — — — — — 0,8 — Rem. —
max. 60,0 0,05 — 0,2 — 0,3 1,6 0,2 — 0,2
min. 59,0 — — — — — 1,6 — Rem. —
max. 60,0 0,05 — 0,3 — 0,3 2,5 0,3 — 0,2
min. 59,0 — — — — — 1,6 0,2 Rem. —
CuZn39Pb2Sn CW613N 8,4
max. 60,0 0,1 — 0,4 — 0,3 2,5 0,5 — 0,2
min. 57,0 — — — — — 2,5 — Rem. —
max. 59,0 0,05 — 0,3 — 0,3 3,5 0,3 — 0,2
min. 57,0 — — — — — 2,5 0,2 Rem. —

max. 59,0 0,1 — 0,4 — 0,3 3,5 0,5 — 0,2
min. 57,0 0,05 — — — — 1,0 — Rem. —
CuZn40Pb1Al CW616N 8,3
max. 59,0 0,30 — 0,2 — 0,2 2,0 0,2 — 0,2
min. 57,0 — — — — — 1,6 — Rem. —
max. 59,0 0,05 — 0,3 — 0,3 2,5 0,3 — 0,2
min. 57,0 0,05 — — — — 1,6 — Rem. —
7541014/10787806875Biblio
max. 59,0 0,5 — 0,3 — 0,3 3,0 0,3 — 0,2
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 8 (2 of 2)
Densitya
g/cm
Others
Symbol Number Element Cu Al As Fe Mn Ni Pb Sn Zn
total approx.
min. 57,0 — — — — — 1,6 0,2 Rem. —

max. 59,0 0,1 — 0,4 — 0,3 2,5 0,5 — 0,2
min. 57,0 0,05 — — — — 0,8 — Rem. —
max. 59,0 0,5 — 0,3 — 0,3 1,6 0,3 — 0,2
min. 57,0 0,05 — — — — 0,2 — Rem. —
CuZn42PbAl CW621N 8,3
max. 59,0 0,5 — 0,3 — 0,3 0,8 0,3 — 0,2
min. 55,0 0,05 — — — — 0,8 — Rem. —
max. 57,0 0,5 — 0,3 — 0,3 1,6 0,3 — 0,2
min. 55,0 — — — — — 1,6 — Rem. —
max. 57,0 0,05 — 0,3 — 0,3 3,0 0,3 — 0,2
min. 55,0 0,05 — — — — 1,6 — Rem. —
max. 57,0 0,5 — 0,3 — 0,3 3,0 0,3 — 0,2
7541014/10787806875Biblio
20
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 9 — Composition of copper-zinc alloys, complex

(1 of 2)
Densitya
g/cm
Others
Symbol Number Element Cu Al As Co Fe Mn Ni P Pb Si Sn Zn
total approx.
min. 81,0 0,7 — — — — 0,8 — — 0,8 — Rem. —

CuZn13Al1Ni1Si1 CW700R 8,5
max. 84,0 1,2 — — 0,25 0,1 1,4 — 0,05 1,3 0,1 — 0,5
min. 80,0 — — — — — — — — — 0,2 Rem. —
CuZn19Sn CW701R 8,6
max. 82,0 — — — 0,05 — 0,3 — 0,05 — 0,5 — 0,2
min. 76,0 1,8 0,02 — — — — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn20Al2As CW702R 8,4
max. 79,0 2,3 0,06 — 0,07 0,1 0,1 0,01 0,05 — — — 0,3
min. 72,0 3,0 — 0,25 — — — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn23Al3Co CW703R 8,2
max. 75,0 3,8 — 0,55 0,05 — 0,3 — 0,05 — 0,1 — 0,1
min. 63,0 5,0 — — 2,0 3,5 — — 0,2 — — Rem. —
CuZn23Al6Mn4Fe3Pb CW704R 8,2
max. 65,0 6,0 — — 3,5 5,0 0,5 — 0,8 0,2 0,2 — 0,2
min. 65,0 4,0 — — 0,5 0,5 — — 0,2 — — Rem. —
CuZn25Al5Fe2Mn2Pb CW705R 8,2
max. 68,0 5,0 — — 3,0 3,0 1,0 — 0,8 — 0,2 — 0,3
min. 70,0 — 0,02 — — — — — — — 0,9 Rem. —
CuZn28Sn1As CW706R 8,5
max. 72,5 — 0,06 — 0,07 0,1 0,1 0,01 0,05 — 1,3 — 0,3
min. 69,0 — 0,02 — — — — — — — — Rem. —

CuZn30As CW707R 8,5
max. 71,0 0,02 0,06 — 0,05 0,1 — 0,01 0,07 — 0,05 — 0,3
min. 66,0 — — — — — — — — 0,7 — Rem. —
CuZn31Si1 CW708R 8,4
max. 70,0 — — — 0,4 — 0,5 — 0,8 1,3 — — 0,5
min. 64,0 — 0,03 — 0,1 — — — 1,5 0,45 — Rem. —
CuZn32Pb2AsFeSi CW709R 8,4
max. 66,5 0,05 0,08 — 0,2 — 0,3 — 2,2 0,8 0,3 — 0,2
min. 58,0 0,3 — — — 1,5 2,0 — 0,2 — — Rem. —
CuZn35Ni3Mn2AlPb CW710R 8.3
max. 60,0 1,3 — — 0,5 2,5 3,0 — 0,8 0,1 0,5 — 0,3
min. 59,5 — — — — — — — 1,3 — 0,5 Rem. —
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CuZn36Pb2Sn1 CW711R 8,5

max. 61,5 — — — 0,1 — 0,3 — 2,2 — 1,0 — 0,2
min. 61,0 — — — — — — — 0,2 — 1,0 Rem. —
CuZn36Sn1Pb CW712R 8,3
max. 63,0 — — — 0,1 — 0,2 — 0,6 — 1,5 — 0,2
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 9 (2 of 2)
Material designation Composition in % (mass fraction) Densitya

3
g/cm
Others
Symbol Number Element Cu Al As Co Fe Mn Ni P Pb Si Sn Zn
total approx.
min. 57,0 1,3 — — — 1,5 — — 0,2 0,3 — Rem. —

CuZn37Mn3Al2PbSi CW713R 8,1
max. 59,0 2,3 — — 1,0 3,0 1,0 — 0,8 1,3 0,4 — 0,3
min. 59,0 — — — — — — — 0,4 — 0,5 Rem. —
CuZn37Pb1Sn1 CW714R 8,4
max. 61,0 — — — 0,1 — 0,3 — 1,0 — 1,0 — 0,2
min. 59,0 0,1 — — 0,1 — 0,2 — 0,3 — 0,3 Rem. —
CuZn38AlFeNiPbSn CW715R 8,3
max. 60,7 0,5 0,05 — 0,4 — 0,5 — 0,7 — 0,6 — 0,2
min. 59,0 0,3 — — — 0,6 — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn38Mn1Al CW716R 8,3
max. 61,5 1,3 — — 1,0 1,8 0,6 — 1,0 0,5 0,3 — 0,3
min. 59,0 — 0,02 — — — — — — — 0,5 Rem. —
CuZn38Sn1As CW717R 8,4
max. 62,0 — 0,06 — 0,1 — 0,2 — 0,2 — 1,0 — 0,2
min. 57,0 0,3 — — — 0,8 — — 0,2 0,2 — Rem. —
CuZn39Mn1AlPbSi CW718R 8,2
max. 59,0 1,3 — — 0,5 1,8 0,5 — 0,8 0,8 0,5 — 0,3
min. 59,0 — — — — — — — — — 0,5 Rem. —
CuZn39Sn1 CW719R 8,4
max. 61,0 — — — 0,1 — 0,2 — 0,2 — 1,0 — 0,2
min. 57,0 — — — — 0,5 — — 1,0 — — Rem. —

CuZn40Mn1Pb1 CW720R 8,3
max. 59,0 0,2 — — 0,3 1,5 0,6 — 2,0 0,1 0,3 — 0,3
min. 57,0 0,3 — — 0,2 0,8 — — 0,8 — 0,2 Rem. —
CuZn40Mn1Pb1AlFeSn CW721R 8,3
max. 59,0 1,3 — — 1,2 1,8 0,3 — 1,6 — 1,0 — 0,3
min. 56,5 — — — 0,2 0,8 — — 0,8 — 0,2 Rem. —
CuZn40Mn1Pb1FeSn CW722R 8,3
max. 58,5 0,1 — — 1,2 1,8 0,3 — 1,6 — 1,0 — 0,3
min. 56,5 — — — 0,5 1,0 — — — — — Rem. —
CuZn40Mn2Fe1 CW723R 8,3
max. 58,5 0,1 — — 1,5 2,0 0,6 — 0,5 0,1 0,3 — 0,4
7541014/10787806875Biblio
min. 75,0 — — — — — — 0,02 — 2,7 — Rem. —

CuZn21Si3P CW724R 8,3
max. 77,0 0,05 — — 0,3 0,05 0,2 0,10 0,10 3,5 0,3 — 0,2
22
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 10 — Wrought coppers and copper alloys specified in European product Standards prepared by CEN/TC 133
(1 of 12)
Product forms and available materials

forging
Material designation stock
rolled flat products tubes rod/bar, profiles, wire and
c
forgings
EN 12735-1:2010
EN 12735-2:2010
EN 13148:2010
EN 13599:2002
EN 14436:2004
EN 12449:2012
EN 12450:1999
EN 12451:2012
EN 12452:2012
EN 13348:2008
EN 13349:2002
EN 13600:2002
EN 12163:2011
EN 12164:2011
EN 12166:2011
EN 12167:2011
EN 12168:2011
EN 13601:2002
EN 13602:2002
EN 13605:2002
EN 12165:2011
EN 12420:1999
EN 13604:2002
EN 1172:2011
EN 1652:1997
EN 1653:1997
EN 1654:1997
EN 1758:1997
EN 1057:2006
EN 1977:1998
Symbola Numberb
Coppers (see Tables 1.1 to 1.4)

Cu-ETP1 CW003A X X
Cu-ETP CW004A X X X X X X X X X X X X
Cu-FRHC CW005A X X X X X X X
Cu-FRTP CW006A X
Cu-OF1 CW007A X X
Cu-OF CW008A X X X X X X X X X X X X
Cu-OFE CW009A X X
CuAg0,04 CW011A X X X
CuAg0,07 CW012A X X X
CuAg0,10 CW013A X X X X X
CuAg0,04P CW014A X X X
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CuAg0,07P CW015A X X X
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 10 (2 of 12)

forging
c
forgings
EN 12735-1:2010
EN 12735-2:2010
EN 13148:2010
EN 13348:2008
EN 13349:2002
EN 13600:2002
EN 12163:2011
EN 12164:2011
EN 12166:2011
EN 12167:2011
EN 12168:2011
EN 13601:2002
EN 13602:2002
EN 13605:2002
EN 12165:2011
EN 12420:1999
EN 13604:2002
EN 13599:2002
EN 14436:2004
EN 12449:2012
EN 12450:1999
EN 12451:2012
EN 12452:2012
EN 1977:1998
EN 1172:2011
EN 1652:1997
EN 1653:1997
EN 1654:1997
EN 1758:1997
EN 1057:2006
Symbola Numberb
CuAg0,10P CW016A X X X X X
CuAg0,04(OF) CW017A X X X
CuAg0,07(OF) CW018A X X X
CuAg0,10(OF) CW019A X X X X X
Cu-PHC CW020A X X X X X X X X
Cu-HCP CW021A X X X X X X X X
Cu-PHCE CW022A X X
Cu-DLP CW023A X X X X X
Cu-DHP CW024A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Copper alloys, low alloyed (see Table 2)
CuBe1,7 CW100C X X X
CuBe2 CW101C X X X X X X X X X
CuBe2Pb CW102C X X
7541014/10787806875Biblio
24
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 10 (3 of 12)

forging
rolled flat products tubes rod/bar, profiles, wire c
and
forgings
EN 12735-1:2010
EN 12735-2:2010
EN 13348:2008
EN 13349:2002
EN 13600:2002
EN 12163:2011
EN 12164:2011
EN 12166:2011
EN 12167:2011
EN 12168:2011
EN 13601:2002
EN 13602:2002
EN 13605:2002
EN 12165:2011
EN 12420:1999
EN 13604:2002
EN 13148:2010
EN 13599:2002
EN 14436:2004
EN 12449:2012
EN 12450:1999
EN 12451:2012
EN 12452:2012
EN 1977:1998
EN 1172:2011
EN 1652:1997
EN 1653:1997
EN 1654:1997
EN 1758:1997
EN 1057:2006
Symbola Numberb
CuCo1Ni1Be CW103C X X X X X X
CuCo2Be CW104C X X X X X X X X X
CuCr1 CW105C X
CuCr1Zr CW106C X X X X X
CuFe2P CW107C X X X X X X
CuNi1P CW108C
CuNi1Si CW109C
X X X X X
CuNi2Be CW110C X X X X X X X
CuNi2Si CW111C X X X X X X X X X X
CuNi3Si1 CW112C X
CuPb1P CW113C X
CuSP CW114C X X X
CuSi1 CW115C
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 10 (4 of 12)

forging
c
forgings
EN 12735-1:2010
EN 12735-2:2010
EN 13348:2008
EN 13349:2002
EN 13600:2002
EN 12163:2011
EN 12164:2011
EN 12166:2011
EN 12167:2011
EN 12168:2011
EN 13601:2002
EN 13602:2002
EN 13605:2002
EN 12165:2011
EN 12420:1999
EN 13604:2002
EN 13148:2010
EN 13599:2002
EN 14436:2004
EN 12449:2012
EN 12450:1999
EN 12451:2012
EN 12452:2012
EN 1977:1998
EN 1172:2011
EN 1652:1997
EN 1653:1997
EN 1654:1997
EN 1758:1997
EN 1057:2006
Symbola Numberb
CuSi3Mn1 CW116C
CuSn0,15 CW117C X X X X
CuTeP CW118C X X X
CuZn0,5 CW119C X X X X
CuZr CW120C X X X X X
CuSi3Zn2P CW121C X
Copper-aluminium alloys (see Table 3)

CuAl5As CW300G X
CuAl6Si2Fe CW301G X
CuAl7Si2 CW302G X
CuAl8Fe3 CW303G X X X X
CuAl9Ni3Fe2 CW304G X X
CuAl10Fe1 CW305G X X X X
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CuAl10Fe3Mn2 CW306G X X
26
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 10 (5 of 12)

forging
c
forgings
EN 12735-1:2010
EN 12735-2:2010
EN 13348:2008
EN 13349:2002
EN 13600:2002
EN 12163:2011
EN 12164:2011
EN 12166:2011
EN 12167:2011
EN 12168:2011
EN 13601:2002
EN 13602:2002
EN 13605:2002
EN 12165:2011
EN 12420:1999
EN 13604:2002
EN 13148:2010
EN 13599:2002
EN 14436:2004
EN 12449:2012
EN 12450:1999
EN 12451:2012
EN 12452:2012
EN 1977:1998
EN 1172:2011
EN 1652:1997
EN 1653:1997
EN 1654:1997
EN 1758:1997
EN 1057:2006
Symbola Numberb
CuAl10Ni5Fe4 CW307G X X X X X
CuAl11Fe6Ni6 CW308G X X X X
CuAl5Zn5Sn1 CW309G X
Copper-nickel alloys (see Table 4)
CuNi25 CW350H X
CuNi9Sn2 CW351H X X X X
CuNi10Fe1Mn CW352H X X X X X X X X
CuNi30Fe2Mn2 CW353H X
CuNi30Mn1Fe CW354H X X X X X X X X
Copper-nickel-zinc alloys (see Table 5)
CuNi7Zn39Pb3Mn2 CW400J X X X X X
CuNi10Zn27 CW401J X
CuNi10Zn42Pb2 CW402J X
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CuNi12Zn24 CW403J X X X X X X
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 10 (6 of 12)

forging
c
forgings
EN 12735-1:2010
EN 12735-2:2010
EN 13348:2008
EN 13349:2002
EN 13600:2002
EN 12163:2011
EN 12164:2011
EN 12166:2011
EN 12167:2011
EN 12168:2011
EN 13601:2002
EN 13602:2002
EN 13605:2002
EN 12165:2011
EN 12420:1999
EN 13604:2002
EN 13148:2010
EN 13599:2002
EN 14436:2004
EN 12449:2012
EN 12450:1999
EN 12451:2012
EN 12452:2012
EN 1977:1998
EN 1172:2011
EN 1652:1997
EN 1653:1997
EN 1654:1997
EN 1758:1997
EN 1057:2006
Symbola Numberb
CuNi12Zn25Pb1 CW404J X
CuNi12Zn29 CW405J X
CuNi12Zn30Pb1 CW406J X X
CuNi12Zn38Mn5Pb2 CW407J
CuNi18Zn19Pb1 CW408J X X X
CuNi18Zn20 CW409J X X X X X X
CuNi18Zn27 CW410J X X
Copper-tin alloys (see Table 6)
CuSn4 CW450K X X X X X X
CuSn5 CW451K X X X X
CuSn6 CW452K X X X X X X X X
CuSn8 CW453K X X X X X X X X
CuSn3Zn9 CW454K X X X X
7541014/10787806875Biblio
28
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 10 (7 of 12)

forging
c
forgings
EN 12735-1:2010
EN 12735-2:2010
EN 13348:2008
EN 13349:2002
EN 13600:2002
EN 12163:2011
EN 12164:2011
EN 12166:2011
EN 13148:2010
EN 13599:2002
EN 14436:2004
EN 12449:2012
EN 12450:1999
EN 12451:2012
EN 12452:2012
EN 12167:2011
EN 12168:2011
EN 13601:2002
EN 13602:2002
EN 13605:2002
EN 12165:2011
EN 12420:1999
EN 13604:2002
EN 1977:1998
EN 1172:2011
EN 1652:1997
EN 1653:1997
EN 1654:1997
EN 1758:1997
EN 1057:2006
Symbola Numberb
CuSn4Pb2P CW455K X
CuSn4Pb4Zn4 CW456K X
CuSn4Te1P CW457K
CuSn5Pb1 CW458K X
CuSn8P CW459K X X
CuSn8PbP CW460K X
Copper-zinc alloys, binary (see Table 7)

CuZn5 CW500L X X X X
CuZn10 CW501L X X X X X X
CuZn15 CW502L X X X X X X X X
CuZn28 CW504L
CuZn30 CW505L X X X X X X X
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 10 (8 of 12)

forging
c
forgings
EN 12735-1:2010
EN 12735-2:2010
EN 13348:2008
EN 13349:2002
EN 13600:2002
EN 12163:2011
EN 12164:2011
EN 12166:2011
EN 12167:2011
EN 12168:2011
EN 13601:2002
EN 13602:2002
EN 13605:2002
EN 12165:2011
EN 12420:1999
EN 13604:2002
EN 13148:2010
EN 13599:2002
EN 14436:2004
EN 12449:2012
EN 12450:1999
EN 12451:2012
EN 12452:2012
EN 1977:1998
EN 1172:2011
EN 1652:1997
EN 1653:1997
EN 1654:1997
EN 1758:1997
EN 1057:2006
Symbola Numberb
CuZn33 CW506L X X X
CuZn36 CW507L X X X X X X X X
CuZn37 CW508L X X X X X X X X X
CuZn40 CW509L X X X X X X X X X
CuZn38As CW511L X X X X X
Copper-zinc-lead alloys (see Table 8)

CuZn35Pb1 CW600N X X X X X
CuZn36Pb2As CW602N X X X X X X
CuZn37Pb0,5 CW604N X X
CuZn37Pb1 CW605N X
7541014/10787806875Biblio
30
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 10 (9 of 12)

forging
c
forgings
EN 12735-1:2010
EN 12735-2:2010
EN 13348:2008
EN 13349:2002
EN 13600:2002
EN 12163:2011
EN 12164:2011
EN 12166:2011
EN 12167:2011
EN 12168:2011
EN 13601:2002
EN 13602:2002
EN 13605:2002
EN 12165:2011
EN 12420:1999
EN 13604:2002
EN 13148:2010
EN 13599:2002
EN 14436:2004
EN 12449:2012
EN 12450:1999
EN 12451:2012
EN 12452:2012
EN 1977:1998
EN 1172:2011
EN 1652:1997
EN 1653:1997
EN 1654:1997
EN 1758:1997
EN 1057:2006
Symbola Numberb
CuZn38Pb2 CW608N X X X X X X X X
CuZn38Pb4 CW609N
CuZn39Pb0,5 CW610N X X X X X X X
CuZn39Pb2 CW612N X X X X X X X
CuZn39Pb2Sn CW613N X X X
CuZn39Pb3Sn CW615N X
CuZn40Pb1Al CW616N X X
CuZn40Pb2Al CW618N
CuZn40Pb2Sn CW619N X
CuZn41Pb1Al CW620N X
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 10 (10 of 12)

forging
c
forgings
EN 12735-1:2010
EN 12735-2:2010
EN 13348:2008
EN 13349:2002
EN 13600:2002
EN 12163:2011
EN 12164:2011
EN 12166:2011
EN 12167:2011
EN 12168:2011
EN 13601:2002
EN 13602:2002
EN 13605:2002
EN 12165:2011
EN 12420:1999
EN 13604:2002
EN 13148:2010
EN 13599:2002
EN 14436:2004
EN 12449:2012
EN 12450:1999
EN 12451:2012
EN 12452:2012
EN 1977:1998
EN 1172:2011
EN 1652:1997
EN 1653:1997
EN 1654:1997
EN 1758:1997
EN 1057:2006
Symbola Numberb
CuZn42PbAl CW621N
CuZn43Pb1Al CW622N
CuZn43Pb2 CW623N
CuZn43Pb2Al CW624N X
Copper-zinc alloys, complex (see Table 9)
CuZn13Al1Ni1Si1 CW700R X
CuZn19Sn CW701R
CuZn20Al2As CW702R X X X X X
CuZn23Al3Co CW703R X
CuZn23Al6Mn4Fe3Pb CW704R X X X
CuZn25Al5Fe2Mn2Pb CW705R X
CuZn28Sn1As CW706R X X
CuZn30As CW707R X
7541014/10787806875Biblio
32
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 10 (11 of 12)

forging
c
forgings
EN 12735-1:2010
EN 12735-2:2010
EN 13348:2008
EN 13349:2002
EN 13600:2002
EN 12163:2011
EN 12164:2011
EN 12166:2011
EN 12167:2011
EN 12168:2011
EN 13601:2002
EN 13602:2002
EN 13605:2002
EN 12165:2011
EN 12420:1999
EN 13604:2002
EN 13148:2010
EN 13599:2002
EN 14436:2004
EN 12449:2012
EN 12450:1999
EN 12451:2012
EN 12452:2012
EN 1977:1998
EN 1172:2011
EN 1652:1997
EN 1653:1997
EN 1654:1997
EN 1758:1997
EN 1057:2006
Symbola Numberb
CuZn31Si1 CW708R X X
CuZn32Pb2AsFeSi CW709R X X X
CuZn35Ni3Mn2AlPb CW710R X X X X X
CuZn36Pb2Sn1 CW711R
CuZn36Sn1Pb CW712R X X X X X
CuZn37Mn3Al2PbSi CW713R X X X X X X
CuZn37Pb1Sn1 CW714R X
CuZn38AlFeNiPbSn CW715R X
CuZn38Mn1Al CW716R X
CuZn38Sn1As CW717R X
CuZn39Mn1AlPbSi CW718R X X
CuZn39Sn1 CW719R X X X X X
CuZn40Mn1Pb1 CW720R X X X X X X
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 10 (12 of 12)

forging
c
forgings
EN 12735-1:2010
EN 12735-2:2010
EN 13348:2008
EN 13349:2002
EN 13600:2002
EN 12163:2011
EN 12164:2011
EN 12166:2011
EN 12167:2011
EN 12168:2011
EN 13601:2002
EN 13602:2002
EN 13605:2002
EN 12165:2011
EN 12420:1999
EN 13604:2002
EN 13148:2010
EN 13599:2002
EN 14436:2004
EN 12449:2012
EN 12450:1999
EN 12451:2012
EN 12452:2012
EN 1977:1998
EN 1172:2011
EN 1652:1997
EN 1653:1997
EN 1654:1997
EN 1758:1997
EN 1057:2006
Symbola Numberb
CuZn40Mn1Pb1AlFeSn CW721R X X X X X
CuZn40Mn1Pb1FeSn CW722R X X X X X
CuZn40Mn2Fe1 CW723R X X
CuZn21Si3P CW724R X X X X X X X
a Although material symbol designations used in European Standards might be the same as those in other standards using the designation system given in ISO 1190-1, the detailed
composition requirements are not necessarily the same.
b The material number designation is in accordance with the system given in EN 1412.
c Plate, sheet, strip, seamless tube, rod, bar, wire and profiles for electronic tubes, semiconductor devices and vacuum applications.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
34
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 11 — Master alloys — Composition

(1 of 3)

Material designation Maximum impurities
Major elements Further Other elements
Symbol Number Al As Bi C Fe Mn Ni P Pb Sb Se Si Sn Te Zn elements each total
Cu Rem.
CuAl50(A) CM344G a — — — 0,25 0,1 0,1 0,05 0,05 — — 0,15 0,05 — 0,1 Ti 0,01 0,05 0,3
Al 48,5 to 51,5
Cu Rem.
CuAl50(B) CM345G a — — — 0,5 0,2 0,1 0,05 0,1 — — 0,25 0,1 — 0,2 — 0,1 0,5
Al 48 to 52
Cu Rem.
CuAs30 CM200E 0,05 a 0,05 — 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,05 0,10 0,20 0,03 0,10 0,1 0,03 0,3 Cr 0,10 0,1 0,5
As 28,5 to 31,5
Cu Rem.
CuB2 CM121C 0,10 — — — 0,10 — — — 0,02 — — 0,15 0,02 — — — 0,05 0,3
B 1,6 to 2,0
Cu Rem. Co 0,1
CuBe4 CM122C 0,17 — — — 0,17 — 0,1 — 0,02 — — 0,17 0,03 — — 0,05 0,3
Be 3,5 to 4,5 Cr 0,05
Cu Rem.
CuCo10 CM237E — — — — 0,10 — 0,20 0,05 0,05 — — — 0,05 — — — 0,05 0,3
Co 9,0 to 11,0
Cu Rem.
CuCo15 CM201E — 0,01 0,005 — 0,10 — 0,20 0,10 0,05 0,01 0,005 0,05 0,05 0,005 0,20 — 0,05 0,3
Co 14,0 to 16,0
Cu Rem.
CuCr10 CM202E
0,02 0,01 0,005 — 0,08 0,03 0,02 0,005 0,02 0,01 0,005 0,02 0,02 0,005 0,10 — 0,05 0,3
Cr 9,0 to 11,0 b
Cu Rem.
CuFe10(A) CM203E 0,02 0,01 0,005 0,05 a 0,1 0,15 0,05 0,03 0,01 0,005 0,05 0,10 0,005 0,1 — 0,05 0,3
Fe 9,0 to 11,0
Cu Rem.
CuFe10(B) CM204E — — — — a 0,2 0,2 — 0,1 — — 0,1 0,1 — 0,1 — 0,1 0,5
Fe 9,0 to 11,0
Cu Rem.
CuFe15 CM213E — — — — a 0,15 0,15 — 0,05 — — 0,10 0,10 — 0,1 — 0,05 0,3
Fe 14,0 to 16,0
Cu Rem.
CuFe20(A) CM205E 0,02 0,01 0,005 0,05 a 0,1 0,15 0,05 0,05 0,01 0,005 0,05 0,10 0,005 0,1 — 0,05 0,3
Fe 19,0 to 21,0
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Cu Rem.
CuFe20(B) CM206E — — — — a 0,2 0,2 — 0,1 — — 0,1 0,1 — 0,1 — 0,1 0,5
Fe 19,0 to 21,0
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 11 (2 of 3)

Cu Rem.
CuLi2 CM123C — — — — — — — — — — — 0,10 — — — — 0,03 0,2
Li 1,6 to 2,2
Cu Rem.
CuMg10 CM238E 0,05 0,01 0,005 0,05 0,10 — 0,20 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,005 0,05 0,05 0,005 0,10 — 0,05 0,3
Mg 9,0 to 11,0
Cu Rem.
CuMg20 CM207E 0,05 0,01 0,005 0,05 0,10 — 0,20 0,02 0,05 0,01 0,005 0,10 0,05 0,005 0,10 — 0,05 0,3
Mg 18,0 to 22,0
Cu Rem.
CuMn30(A) CM209E 0,05 0,02 0,005 0,05 0,20 a 0,20 0,02 0,05 0,02 0,005 0,05 0,05 0,005 0,20 Mg 0,05 0,05 0,3
Mn 29,0 to 31,0
Cu Rem.
CuMn30(B) CM210E — — — — 0,5 a 0,2 0,05 0,2 — — 0,2 0,2 — 0,2 — 0,1 0,5
Mn 29 to 31
Cu Rem.
CuMn50 CM211E — — — — 0,5 a 0,2 0,05 0,2 — — 0,2 0,2 — 0,2 — 0,1 0,5
Mn 48,0 to 52,0
Cu Rem.
CuNi30 CM390H 0,05 — — 0,03 0,8 0,2 a 0,02 0,05 — — 0,05 0,05 — 0,1 — 0,05 0,3
Ni 29,0 to 31,0
Cu Rem.
CuNi50 CM239E 0,05 — — 0,05 0,3 0,2 a 0,03 0,05 — — 0,05 0,05 — 0,1 — 0,05 0,3
Ni 48,5 to 51,5
Cu Rem.
CuP10(A) CM215E 0,02 0,01 0,005 — 0,10 0,10 0,10 a 0,03 0,01 0,005 0,05 0,05 0,005 0,05 — 0,05 0,3
P 9,5 to 11,0
Cu Rem.
CuP10(B) CM216E — — — — 0,20 — 0,20 a 0,20 — — — 0,2 — 0,2 — 0,1 0,5
P 9,5 to 11,0
Cu Rem.
CuP15(A) CM217E 0,02 0,01 0,005 — 0,10 0,10 0,10 a 0,03 0,01 0,005 0,05 0,05 0,005 0,05 — 0,05 0,3
P 13,5 to 15,0
Cu Rem.
CuP15(B) CM 218E — — — — 0,10 — 0,10 a 0,10 — — — 0,1 — 0,1 — 0,10 0,4
P 13,5 to 15,0
7541014/10787806875Biblio
Cu Rem.
CuP15(C) CM 219E — — — — 0,20 — 0,20 a 0,20 — — — 0,2 — 0,2 — 0,1 0,5
P 13,5 to 15,0
36
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 11 (3 of 3)

Cu Rem.c
CuS20 CM230 E — — — — 0,02 — — — 0,02 — — — 0,20 — 0,02 — 0,05 0,3
S 18 to 22
Cu Rem.
CuSi10(A) CM231E 0,03 0,01 0,005 — 0,20 0,10 0,1 0,05 0,05 0,01 0,005 a 0,05 0,005 0,10 — 0,05 0,3
Si 9,0 to 11,0
Cu Rem.
CuSi10(B) CM232E 0,05 — — — 0,5 0,2 0,2 — 0,20 — — a 0,2 — 0,1 — 0,1 0,5
Si 9 to 11
Cu Rem.
CuSi20(A) CM233E 0,05 0,02 0,01 — 0,4 0,2 0,2 0,05 0,1 0,02 0,01 a 0,1 0,01 0,1 — 0,05 0,3
Si 19,0 to 21,0
Cu Rem.
CuSi20(B) CM234E 0,05 — — — 0,6 0,2 0,2 — 0,2 — — a 0,2 — 0,1 — 0,1 0,5
Si 19 to 21
Cu Rem.
CuSi30(A) CM240E 0,05 0,03 0,015 — 0,60 0,2 0,2 0,05 0,1 0,02 0,01 a 0,1 0,01 0,1 — 0,05 0,3
Si 28,5 to 31,5
Cu Rem.
CuSi30(B) CM241E 0,10 — — — 0,7 0,2 0,2 — 0,2 — — a 0,2 — 0,2 — 0,1 0,5
Si 28,0 to 32,0
Cu Rem.
CuTi30 CM244E 0,10 — 0,005 — 0,1 — — — 0,05 — — 0,05 0,05 0,005 0,05 — 0,05 0,3
Ti 28,5 to 31,5
Cu Rem.
CuZr50(A) CM236E 0,05 — 0,005 — 0,1 — — — 0,05 — — 0,05 0,20 0,005 — Hf 2,5 0,1 0,5
Zr 49,0 to 53,0
Cu Rem.
CuZr50(B) CM242E 0,05 — 0,005 — 0,1 — — — 0,05 — — 0,05 0,20 0,005 — Nb 2,0 0,1 0,5
Zr 49,0 to 53,0
Cu Rem.
CuZr50(C) CM243E 0,05 — 0,005 — 0,20 — — — 0,05 — — 0,05 0,8 0,005 — — 0,1 0,5
Zr 49,0 to 53,0
NOTE A dash (—) indicates "not specified" but is included in other elements. Only specified elements should be determined unless otherwise agreed between the supplier and the customer.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
a See major elements column.

b Cr2O3 max. 0,5 %.
c Free copper max. 5,0 %.
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 12.1 — Ingots and castings — Copper and copper-chromium alloys —

Compositions and casting processes
Material designation Composition in % (mass fraction) Casting process and designation

permanent sand
Element Cr Cu mould
Symbol Number GM GS
min. — —
Cu-Ca, b CC040Aa, b X X
max. — —
min. 0,4 Rem.
CuCr1-Ca, c CC140Ca, c X X
max. 1,2 —
a Ingots in this material are not specified.
b The composition of this copper grade is not specified.
c The sum of Cu + Cr shall be ≥ 99,5 %.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
38
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 12.2 — Ingots and castings — Copper-zinc alloys — Composition and casting processes
(1 of 3)

continuous permanent pressure sand centrifugal
Element Al As Cu Fe Mn Ni P Pb Sb Si Sn Zn mould die cast
Symbol Number GC GM GP GS GZ
min. — — 63,0 — — — — 1,0 — — — Rem.

CuZn33Pb2-B CB750S
max. 0,1a — 66,0b 0,7 0,2 1,0 0,02 2,8 — 0,04 1,5 —
X X
min. — — 63,0 — — — — 1,0 — — — Rem.
CuZn33Pb2-C CC750S
max. 0,1 — 67,0b 0,8 0,2 1,0 0,05 3,0 — 0,05 1,5 —
min. — — 63,5 0,25 — — — 0,8 — 0,70 — Rem.

CuZn33Pb2Si-B CB751S
max. 0,10 — 65,5b 0,50 0,1 0,80 — 2,0 0,05 1,0 0,80 —
X
min. — — 63,5 0,25 — — — 0,8 — 0,65 — Rem.
CuZn33Pb2Si-Cc CC751Sc max. 0,10 — 66,0b 0,5 0,15 0,8 — 2,2 0,05 1,1 0,8 —
min. 0,3 0,04 61,5 — — — — 1,5 0,04 — — Rem.

CuZn35Pb2Al-Bd, e CB752Sd, e max. 0,7 0,12 65,0 0,3 0,1 0,2 — 2,1 0,12 0,02 0,3 —
X X
min. 0,3 0,04 61,5 — — — — 1,5 — — — Rem.
CuZn35Pb2Al-Cc, e CC752Sc, e max. 0,70 0,14f 64,5 0,3 0,1 0,2 — 2,2 0,14f, g 0,02 0,3 —
min. 0,4 — 58,0 0,5 — 0,5 — 1,8 — — — Rem.

CuZn37Pb2Ni1AlFe-Bh CB753Sh max. 0,8 — 60,0b 0,8 0,20 1,2 0,02 2,50 0,05 0,05 0,8 —
X
min. 0,4 — 58,0 0,5 — 0,5 — 1,8 — — — Rem.

CuZn37Pb2Ni1AlFe-C CC753S
max. 0,8 — 61,0b 0,8 0,20 1,2 0,02 2,50 0,05 0,05 0,8 —
min. 0,10 — 58,0 — — — — 0,5 — — — Rem.

CuZn39Pb1Al-Bd CB754Sd max. 0,8i — 62,0b 0,7 0,5 1,0 0,02 2,4 — 0,05 1,0 —
X X X X
min. — — 58,0 — — — — 0,5 — — — Rem.
CuZn39Pb1Al-C CC754S
max. 0,8 — 63,0b 0,7 0,5 1,0 0,02 2,5 — 0,05k 1,0 —
min. 0,4 — 59,0 0,05 — — — 1,2 — — — Rem.

CuZn39Pb1AlB-Bl, e CB755Sl, e max. 0,65 — 60,5 0,2 0,05 0,2 — 1,7 — 0,03 0,3 —
X X
min. 0,4 — 59,5 0,05 — — — 1,2 — — — Rem.
CuZn39Pb1AlB-Ce CC755Se
7541014/10787806875Biblio
max. 0,7 — 61,0 0,2 0,05 0,2 — 1,7 — 0,05 0,3 —
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 12.2 (2 of 3)

min. — 0,06 83,0 — — — — — — — — Rem.

CuZn15As-B CB760S
max. 0,01 0,15 87,5 0,15 0,1 0,1 — 0,5 — 0,02 0,3 —
X
min. — 0,05 83,0 — — — — — — — — Rem.
CuZn15As-C CC760S
max. 0,01 0,15 88,0 0,15 0,1 0,1 — 0,5 — 0,02 0,3 —
min. — — 78,5 — — — — — — 3,0 — Rem.

CuZn16Si4-B CB761S
max. 0,10 — 82,0 0,5 0,2 1,0 0,02 0,6 0,05 5,0 0,25 —
X X X X
min. — — 78,0 — — — — — — 3,0 — Rem.
CuZn16Si4-C CC761S
max. 0,1 — 83,0 0,6 0,2 1,0 0,03 0,8 0,05 5,0 0,3 —
min. 4,0 — 60,0 1,5 3,0 — — — — — — Rem.

CuZn25Al5Mn4Fe3-B CB762S
max. 7,0 — 66,0b 3,5 5,0 2,7 0,02 0,20 0,03 0,08 0,20 —
X X X X
min. 3,0 — 60,0 1,5 2,5 — — — — — — Rem.
CuZn25Al5Mn4Fe3-C CC762S
max. 7,0 — 67,0b 4,0 5,0 3,0 0,03 0,2 0,03 0,1 0,2 —
min. 1,0 — 59,0 0,5 1,0 — — — — — — Rem.

CuZn32Al2Mn2Fe1-B CB763S
max. 2,5 — 67,0b 2,0 3,5 2,5 — 1,5 0,08 1,0 1,0 —
X X
min. 1,0 — 59,0 0,5 1,0 — — — — — — Rem.
CuZn32Al2Mn2Fe1-C CC763S
max. 2,5 — 67,0b 2,0 3,5 2,5 — 1,5 0,08 1,0 1,0 —
CuZn34Mn3Al2Fe1-B CB764S
min. 1,5 — 55,0 0,8 1,0m — — — — — — Rem.
max. 3,0 — 65,0b 2,0 3,5 2,7 0,02 0,2 0,05 0,08 0,3 —
X X X
CuZn34Mn3Al2Fe1-C CC764S
min. 1,0 — 55,0 0,5 1,0m — — — — — — Rem.
max. 3,0 — 66,0b 2,5 4,0 3,0 0,03 0,3 0,05 0,1 0,3 —
CuZn35Mn2Al1Fe1-B CB765S
min. 0,7 — 56,0 0,5 0,5m — — — — — — Rem.
max. 2,2 — 64,0b 1,8 2,5 6,0 0,02 0,5 0,08 0,10 0,8 —
X X X X
min. 0,5 — 57,0 0,5 0,5m — — — — — — Rem.
CuZn35Mn2Al1Fe1-Cn CC765Sn max. 2,5 — 65,0b 2,0 3,0 6,0 0,03 0,5 0,08 0,1 1,0 —
7541014/10787806875Biblio
40
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 12.2 (3 of 3)

min. 0,6 — 60,0 — — — — — — — — Rem.

CuZn37Al1-B CB766S
max. 1,8 — 63,0b 0,4 0,4 1,8 0,02 0,4 0,05 0,5 0,4 —
X
min. 0,3 — 60,0 — — — — — — — — Rem.
CuZn37Al1-C CC766S
max. 1,8 — 64,0b 0,5 0,5 2,0 — 0,50 0,1 0,6 0,50 —
min. 0,1 — 59,0 — — — — — — — — Rem.

CuZn38Al-B CB767S
max. 0,8 — 64,0b 0,4 0,4 0,8 0,05 0,1 — 0,05 0,1 —
X
min. 0,1 — 59,0 — — — — — — — — Rem.
CuZn38Al-C CC767S
max. 0,8 — 64,0b 0,5 0,5 1,0 — 0,1 — 0,2 0,1 —
a For ingots intended for the manufacture of pressure-tight sand castings and centrifugal castings, aluminium shall be restricted to 0,02 % maximum.
b Including nickel
c Castings in this alloy shall conform to the dezincification resistance requirements given in 6.5 of EN 1982:2008.
d For special applications requiring fine-grained castings, the ingots may be ordered and supplied grain refined to a maximum average grain diameter of 0,150 mm [see 5 i) and 6.4 of EN 1982:2008].
e For drinking water applications, no other single element should be more than 0,02 %. The sum of these single elements should be not exceed 0,25 %.
f In castings for non-drinking water applications, Sb can be used as alternative inhibitor of dezincification. If Sb is added as the inhibitor, then the As content shall be 0,04 % maximum. (Sb + As) shall be 0,14 %
maximum.
g For drinking water applications, Sb shall be ≤ 0,02 %.
h Unless it is agreed between the purchaser and the supplier that other grain refining agents may be used, ingots in this alloy shall be grain refined, using zirconium, to have a maximum average grain diameter of
0,300 mm.
i For ingots for the manufacture of sand castings or centrifugal castings the aluminium content shall be restricted to 0,02 % maximum.
k For pressure die castings the silicon shall be increased to 0,30 % maximum.
l Unless it is agreed between the purchaser and the supplier that other grain refining agents may be used, ingots in this alloy shall be grain refined, using boron, to have a maximum average grain diameter of
0,100 mm.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
m For permanent mould castings, the minimum manganese content shall be 0,3 % for ingots and castings.
n For certain applications a minimum proportion of alpha-phase in the microstructure of castings is required, see 6.4 of EN 1982:2008.
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 12.3 — Ingots and castings — Copper-tin alloys — Composition and casting processes

continuous permanent sand centrifugal
Element Al Cu Fe Mn Ni P Pb S Sb Si Sn Zn mould
Symbol Number GC GM GS GZ
min. — 88,5 — — — — — — — — 9,3 —

CuSn10-B CB480K
max. 0,01 90,5a 0,15 0,10 1,8 0,05 0,8 0,04 0,15 0,01 11,0 0,5
X X X X
min. — 88,0 — — — — — — — — 9,0 —
CuSn10-C CC480K
max. 0,01 90,0a 0,2 0,10 2,0 0,2 1,0 0,05 0,2 0,02 11,0 0,5
min. — 87,0 — — — 0,6 — — — — 10,2 —

CuSn11P-B CB481K
max. 0,01 89,3 0,10 0,05 0,10 1,0 0,25 0,05 0,05 0,01 11,5 0,05
X X X X
min. — 87,0 — — — 0,5 — — — — 10,0 —
CuSn11P-C CC481K
max. 0,01 89,5 0,10 0,05 0,10 1,0b 0,25 0,05 0,05 0,01 11,5 0,05
min. — 83,5 — — — — 0,7 — — — 10,7 —

CuSn11Pb2-B CB482K
max. 0,01 86,5 0,15 0,2 2,0 0,05 2,5 0,08 0,20 0,01 12,5 2,0
X X X
min. — 83,5 — — — — 0,7 — — — 10,5 —
CuSn11Pb2-C CC482K
max. 0,01 87,0 0,20 0,2 2,0 0,40 2,5 0,08 0,2 0,01 12,5 2,0
CuSn12-B CB483K
min. — 85,5 — — — — — — — — 11,2c —
max. 0,01 88,5c 0,15 0,2 2,0 0,20 0,6 0,05 0,15 0,01 13,0 0,4
X X X X
CuSn12-C CC483K
min. — 85,0 — — — — — — — — 11,0c —
max. 0,01 88,5c 0,2 0,2 2,0 0,60 0,7 0,05 0,15 0,01 13,0 0,5
min. — 84,0 — — 1,5 — — — — — 11,3 —

CuSn12Ni2-B CB484K
max. 0,01 87,0 0,15 0,10 2,4 0,05 0,2 0,04 0,05 0,01 13,0 0,3
X X X
min. — 84,5 — — 1,5 0,05 — — — — 11,0 —
CuSn12Ni2-C CC484K
max. 0,01 87,5 0,20 0,2 2,5 0,40 0,3 0,05 0,1 0,01 13,0 0,4
a Including nickel
b For sand castings for non-bearing applications the phosphorus may be restricted to 0,15 % max. [see 5 h) of EN 1982:2008].
c For continuous castings and centrifugal castings, the minimum tin content for ingots shall be 10,7 % and for castings 10,5 % and the maximum copper content for ingots and castings shall be 89,0 %.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
42
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 12.4 — Ingots and castings — Copper-tin-lead alloys — Composition and casting processes
(1 of 2)

mould
Element Al Cua Fe Mn Ni P Pb S Sb Si Sn Zn
min. — 81,0 — — — — 3,5 — — — 2,2 7,5

CuSn3Zn8Pb5-B CB490K
max. 0,01 85,5 0,50 — 2,0 0,03 5,8 0,08 0,25 0,01 3,5 10,0
X X X
min. — 81,0 — — — — 3,0 — — — 2,0 7,0
CuSn3Zn8Pb5-C CC490K
max. 0,01 86,0 0,5 — 2,0 0,05 6,0 0,10 0,30 0,01 3,5 9,5
min. — 84,0 — — — — — — — — 4,2 4,5

CuSn5Zn5Pb2-Bb, c CB499Kb, c max. 0,01 87,5 0,30 — 0,60 0,03 3,0 0,04 0,10 0,01 6,0 6,5
X X X X
min. — 84,0 — — — — — — — — 4,0 4,0
CuSn5Zn5Pb2-Cb, c CC499Kb, c max. 0,01 88,0 0,30 — 0,60 0,04 3,0 0,04 0,10 0,01 6,0 6,0
min. — 83,0 — — — — 4,2 — — — 4,2 4,5

max. 0,01 86,5 0,25 — 2,0 0,03 5,8 0,08 0,25 0,01 6,0 6,5
X X X X
min. — 83,0 — — — — 4,0 — — — 4,0 4,0
max. 0,01 87,0 0,3 — 2,0 0,10 6,0 0,10 0,25 0,01 6,0 6,0
min. — 85,0 — — — — 2,7 — — — 6,2 1,7

max. 0,01 88,5 0,20 — 2,0d 0,03 3,5 0,08 0,25 0,01 8,0d 3,2
X X X X
min. — 85,0 — — — — 2,5 — — — 6,0 1,5
max. 0,01 89,0 0,2 — 2,0d 0,10 3,5 0,10 0,25 0,01 8,0d 3,0
min. — 81,0 — — — — 5,2 — — — 6,2e 2,3
max. 0,01 84,5e 0,20 — 2,0 0,03 8,0 0,08 0,30 0,01 8,0 5,0
X X X X
min. — 81,0 — — — — 5,0 — — — 6,0e 2,0
max. 0,01 85,0e 0,2 — 2,0 0,10 8,0 0,10 0,3 0,01 8,0 5,0
min. — 86,0 — — — — 1,2 — — — 5,7 3,2

max. 0,01 89,5 0,25 — 1,0 0,03 2,0 0,08 0,25 0,01 6,5 5,0
X X X X
min. — 86,0 — — — — 1,0 — — — 5,5 3,0
max. 0,01 90,0 0,25 — 1,0 0,05 2,0 0,10 0,25 0,01 6,5 5,0
7541014/10787806875Biblio
min. — 80,0 — — — — 8,2 — — — 4,2 —

CuSn5Pb9-B CB494K
max. 0,01 86,5 0,20 0,2 2,0 0,10 10,0 0,08 0,5 0,01 6,0 2,0
X X X X
min. — 80,0 — — — — 8,0 — — — 4,0 —
CuSn5Pb9-C CC494K
max. 0,01 87,0 0,25 0,2 2,0 0,10 10,0 0,10 0,5 0,01 6,0 2,0
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 12.4 (2 of 2)

mould
Element Al Cua Fe Mn Ni P Pb S Sb Si Sn Zn
min. — 78,0 — — — — 8,2 — — — 9,2 —

CuSn10Pb10-B CB495K
max. 0,01 81,5 0,20 0,2 2,0 0,10 10,5 0,08 0,5 0,01 11,0 2,0
X X X X
min. — 78,0 — — — — 8,0 — — — 9,0 —
CuSn10Pb10-C CC495K
max. 0,01 82,0 0,25 0,2 2,0 0,10 11,0 0,10 0,5 0,01 11,0 2,0
min. — 74,0 — — 0,5 — 13,2 — — — 6,2 —

CuSn7Pb15-B CB496K
max. 0,01 79,5 0,20 0,20 2,0 0,10 17,0 0,08 0,5 0,01 8,0 2,0
X X X
min. — 74,0 — — 0,5 — 13,0 — — — 6,0 —
CuSn7Pb15-C CC496K
max. 0,01 80,0 0,25 0,20 2,0 0,10 17,0 0,10 0,5 0,01 8,0 2,0
min. — 70,0 — — 0,5 — 19,0 — — — 4,2 —

CuSn5Pb20-B CB497K
max. 0,01 77,5 0,20 0,20 2,5 0,10 23,0 0,08 0,75 0,01 6,0 2,0
X X X
min. — 70,0 — — 0,5 — 18,0 — — — 4,0 —
CuSn5Pb20-C CC497K
max. 0,01 78,0 0,25 0,20 2,5 0,10 23,0 0,10 0,75 0,01 6,0 2,0
a Including nickel
b For drinking water applications no other single element should be more than 0,02 %. The sum of these single elements should not exceed 0,25 %.
c Other elements in % max.: As 0,03, Bi 0,02, Cd 0,02, Cr 0,02.
d (Tin + 1⁄2 nickel) content shall be in the range 7,0 % to 8,0 %.

e For continuous castings and centrifugal castings, the minimum tin content for ingots shall be 5,4 % and for castings 5,2 % and the maximum copper content for ingots shall be 85,0 % and for castings 86,0 %.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
44
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 12.5 — Ingots and castings — Copper-aluminium alloys — Composition and casting processes

Element Al Bi Cr Cu Fe Mg Mn Ni Pb Si Sn Zn mould
min. 8,2 — — 88,0 — — — — — — — —

CuAl9-B CB330G
max. 10,5 — — 91,5a 1,0 — 0,50 1,0 0,25 0,15 0,25 0,40
X X
min. 8,0 — — 88,0 — — — — — — — —
CuAl9-C CC330G
max. 10,5 — — 92,0a 1,2 — 0,50 1,0 0,30 0,20 0,30 0,50
min. 8,7 — — 83,0 1,5 — — — — — — —

CuAl10Fe2-B CB331G
max. 10,5 — — 89,0 3,3 0,05 1,0 1,5 0,03 0,15 0,20 0,50
X X X X
min. 8,5 — — 83,0 1,5 — — — — — — —
CuAl10Fe2-C CC331G
max. 10,5 — — 89,5 3,5 0,05 1,0 1,5 0,10b 0,2 0,20 0,50
min. 8,7 — — 80,0 1,0 — — 1,5 — — — —

CuAl10Ni3Fe2-B CB332G
max. 10,5c — — 85,5f 2,8 0,05 2,0 4,0c 0,03 0,15 0,20 0,50
X X X X
min. 8,5 — — 80,0 1,0 — — 1,5 — — — —
CuAl10Ni3Fe2-C CC332G
max. 10,5c — — 86,0f 3,0 0,05 2,0 4,0c 0,10b 0,2 0,20 0,50
min. 8,8 — — 76,0 4,0 — — 4,0 — — — —

CuAl10Fe5Ni5-B CB333G
max. 10,0 0,01 0,05 82,5 5,3d 0,05 2,5 5,5d 0,03 0,10 0,1 0,40
X X X X
min. 8,5 — — 76,0 4,0 — — 4,0 — — — —
CuAl10Fe5Ni5-C CC333G
max. 10,5 0,01 0,05 83,0 5,5d 0,05 3,0 6,0d 0,03 0,1 0,1 0,50
min. 10,3 — — 72,0 4,2 — — 4,3 — — — —

CuAl11Fe6Ni6-B CB334G
max. 12,0e — — 81,5e 7,0e 0,05 2,5 7,5 0,04 0,10 0,20 0,40
X X X
min. 10,0 — — 72,0 4,0 — — 4,0 — — — —
CuAl11Fe6Ni6-C CC334G
max. 12,0e — — 82,5e 7,0e 0,05 2,5 7,5 0,05 0,1 0,2 0,50
a Including nickel
b For castings intended to be welded, the maximum lead content shall be 0,03 %.
c For castings for seawater applications, the aluminium content shall be such that Al % < (8,2 + 0,5 Ni %).
d For permanent mould castings, the minimum iron content of ingots and castings shall be 3,0 % and the minimum nickel content shall be 3,7 %.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
e For permanent mould castings, the minimum iron content of ingots and castings shall be 3,0 % and the minimum aluminium content shall be 9,0 %. In this case, the maximum copper content shall be 84,5 %.
f For permanent mould castings, the maximum copper content of ingots and castings shall be 88,5 %.
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 12.6 — Ingots and castings — Copper-manganese-aluminium alloys — Composition and casting processes

sand
Symbol Number Element Al Cu Fe Mg Mn Ni Pb Si Sn Zn
GS
min. 7,0 68,0 2,0 — 8,0 1,5 — — — —
CuMn11Al8Fe3Ni3-Ca CC212Ea X
max. 9,0 77,0 4,0 0,05 15,0 4,5 0,05 0,1 0,5 1,0
a Ingot properties for producing castings conforming to CuMn11Al8Fe3Ni3-C (CC212E) are not specified in EN 1982. The composition limits for ingots are at the discretion of the purchaser and
shall be stated on the enquiry and order [see 5 l) of EN 1982:2008].
7541014/10787806875Biblio
46
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 12.7 — Ingots and castings — Copper-nickel alloys — Composition and casting processes
Casting process and

designation
continuous sand centrifugal
Symbol Number Element Al B Bi C Cd Cr Cu Fe Mg Mn Nb Ni P Pb S Se Si Te Ti Zn Zr
GC GS GZ
min. — — — — — — 84,5 1,2 — 1,2 — 9,2 — — — — — — — — —

CuNi10Fe1Mn1-B CB380H
max. 0,01 — — 0,10 — — — 1,8 — 1,5 1,0 11,0 — 0,03 — — 0,10 — — 0,50 —
X X X
min. — — — — — — 84,5 1,0 — 1,0 — 9,0 — — — — — — — — —
CuNi10Fe1Mn1-C CC380H
max. 0,01 — — 0,10 — — — 1,8 — 1,5 1,0 11,0 — 0,03 — — 0,10 — — 0,5 —
min. — — — — — — 64,5 0,5 — 0,7 — 29,2 — — — — — — — — —

CuNi30Fe1Mn1-B CB381H
max. 0,01 — — 0,02 — — — 1,5 — 1,2 — 31,0 0,01 0,03 0,01 — 0,10 — — 0,50 —
X X
min. — — — — — — 64,5 0,5 — 0,6 — 29,0 — — — — — — — — —
CuNi30Fe1Mn1-C CC381H
max. 0,01 — — 0,03 — — — 1,5 — 1,2 — 31,0 0,01 0,03 0,01 — 0,1 — — 0,5 —
min. — — — — — 1,5 Rem. 0,5 — 0,5 — 29,0 — — — — 0,15 — — — —

CuNi30Cr2FeMnSi-Ca CC382Ha max. 0,01 0,01 0,002 0,03 — 2,0 — 1,0 0,01 1,0 — 32,0 0,01 0,005 0,01 0,005 0,50 0,005 0,25 0,2 0,15
X
min. — — — — — — Rem. 0,5 — 0,6 0,5 29,0 — — — — 0,3 — — — —

CuNi30Fe1Mn1NbSi-Ca CC383Ha max. 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,03 0,02 — — 1,5 0,01 1,2 1,0 31,0 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,7 0,01 — 0,50 —
X
a Ingot properties for producing these castings are not specified in EN 1982. The composition limits for ingots are at the discretion of the purchaser and shall be stated on the enquiry and order [see 5 l) of EN 1982:2008].
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 13.1 — Filler metals — Composition of copper

Other elements
Element Cua Bi O P Pb (see note)
min. 99,90 — — — — —
Cu-ETP CF004A Ag, O
max. — 0,000 5 0,040b — 0,005 0,03
min. 99,95 — — — — —
Cu-OF CF008A Ag
max. — 0,000 5 —c — 0,005 0,03
min. 99,90 — — 0,015 — —
Cu-DHP CF024A —
max. — — — 0,040 — —

c The oxygen content shall be such that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement requirements of EN 1976.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
48
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 13.2 — Filler metals — Composition of miscellaneous copper alloys

Others
Element Cu Al Bi Cd Fe Mn Ni P Pb Si Sn Zn
Symbol Number total
min. Rem. — — — — 0,7 — — — 2,7 — — —
CuSi3Mn1 CF116C
max. — 0,05 — — 0,2 1,3 — 0,05 0,05 3,2 — 0,4 0,5
min. Rem. — — — — 0,1 — — — 0,1 — — —
CuMnSi CF132C
max. — 0,03 — — 0,03 0,4 0,1 0,015 0,01 0,4 0,1 — 0,2
min. Rem. — — — — 0,1 — — — 0,1 0,5 — —
CuSn1MnSi CF133C
max. — 0,03 — — 0,03 0,4 0,1 0,015 0,01 0,4 1,0 — 0,2
min. Rem. — — — — — — 7,5 — — — — —
CuP8 CF222E
max. — 0,01 0,030 0,025a — — — 8,1 0,025 — — 0,05a 0,25 (all)
min. 72,0 5,5 — — 1,5 9,0 1,5 — — — — — —
CuMn13Al6Fe2Ni2 CF239E
max. 78,0 6,5 — — 2,5 14,0 2,5 — 0,02 0,2 — 0,2 0,5 (all)
a Cd + Zn: max. 0,05 %.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 13.3 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-zinc alloys

Others
Element Cu Al Fe Mn Ni Pb Si Sn Zn
Symbol Number total
min. 58,5 — — — — — 0,2 — Rem. —
CuZn40Sia CF724Ra
max. 61,5 0,01 0,25 — — 0,02 0,4 0,2 — 0,2
min. 58,5 — — — — — 0,2 0,2 Rem. —
CuZn40SiSna CF725Ra
max. 61,5 0,01 0,25 — — 0,02 0,4 0,5 — 0,2
min. 58,5 — — 0,05 — — 0,15 — Rem. —
CuZn40MnSia CF726Ra
max. 61,5 0,01 0,25 0,25 — 0,02 0,4 0,2 — 0,2
min. 58,5 — — 0,05 — — 0,15 0,2 Rem. —
CuZn40MnSiSna CF727Ra
max. 61,5 0,01 0,25 0,25 — 0,02 0,4 0,5 — 0,2
min. 59,0 — — 0,5 — — 0,15 0,20 Rem. —
CuZn39Mn1SiSn CF728R
max. 61,0 0,05 0,05 1,0 — 0,02 0,40 0,50 — 0,2
min. 62,5 — — — — — 0,1 — Rem. —
CuZn37Si CF729R
max. 63,5 0,02 0,05 0,02 0,3 0,05 0,2 0,05 — 0,2
min. 57,0 — — — — — — 0,25 Rem. —
CuZn40Sn1 CF730R
max. 61,0 0,02 0,2 0,01 — 0,05 0,2 1,0 — 0,2
min. 56,0 — — 0,2 0,5b — 0,1 0,5 Rem. —
CuZn40Sn1MnNiSia CF731Ra
max. 62,0 0,01 0,25 1,0 1,5 0,02 0,5 1,5 — 0,2
min. 56,0 — 0,25 0,01 — — 0,04 0,8 Rem. —
CuZn40Fe1Sn1MnSi CF732R
max. 60,0 0,01 1,2 0,5 — 0,05 0,15 1,1 — 0,2
min. 56,0 — 0,25 0,01 0,2 — 0,04 0,8 Rem. —
CuZn39Fe1Sn1MnNiSi CF733R
max. 60,0 0,01 1,2 0,5 0,8 0,05 0,15 1,1 — 0,2
min. 58,5 — 0,1 0,05 — — 0,15 0,2 Rem. —
CuZn40FeSiSn CF734R
max. 61,5 0,02 0,5 0,25 — 0,03 0,3 0,5 — 0,2
7541014/10787806875Biblio
a When ordered as filler metal to meet the requirements of EN ISO 17672; As max. 0,01, Bi max. 0,01, Cd max. 0,025, Sb max. 0,01, total impurities excluding Fe max. 0,2.
b When ordered as filler metal to meet the requirements of EN ISO 17672; Ni min. 0,2.
50
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 13.4 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-tin alloys

Others
Element Cu Al Cd Fe Ni P Pb S Sn Zn
Symbol Number total
min. Rem. — — — — 0,01 — — 4,5 — —

CuSn5 CF451K
max. — — — 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,02 — 5,5 0,2 0,2
min. Rem. — — — — 0,01 — — 5,5 — —
CuSn6 CF452K
max. — — — 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,02 — 7,0 0,2 0,2
min. Rem. — — — — 0,01 — — 7,5 — —
CuSn8 CF453K
max. — — — 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,02 — 8,5 0,2 0,2
min. Rem. — — — — 0,01 — — 11,0 — —
CuSn12a CF461K a
max. — 0,005 0,025 — — 0,40 0,02 — 13,0 0,05 0,4
a When ordered as filler metal to meet the requirements of EN ISO 17672; others individually: max. 0,1.
Table 13.5 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-aluminium alloys

Others
Symbol Number total
min. Rem. 6,0 0,5 — — — 2,0 — — —
CuAl6Si2Fe CF301G
max. — 6,4 0,7 0,1 0,1 0,05 2,4 0,1 0,4 0,2
min. Rem. 9,0 0,5 — — — — — — —
CuAl10Fe1 CF305G
max. — 10,0 1,5 0,5 1,0 0,02 0,2 — 0,5 0,2
min. Rem. 7,0 — — — — — — — —
CuAl8 CF309G
max. — 9,0 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,02 0,2 0,1 0,2 0,2
7541014/10787806875Biblio
min. Rem. 8,5 2,5 1,0 3,5 — — — — —

CuAl9Ni4Fe3Mn2 CF310G
max. — 9,5 4,0 2,0 5,5 0,02 0,1 — 0,2 0,2
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 13.6 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-nickel-zinc alloys

Others
Symbol Number total
min. 46,0 — — — 8,0 — 0,15 — Rem. —
CuNi10Zn42a CF411Ja
max. 50,0 0,01 0,25 0,2 11,0 0,02 0,4 0,2 — 0,2
a When ordered as filler metal to meet the requirements of EN ISO 17672; As max. 0,01, Bi max. 0,01, Cd max. 0,025, Sb max. 0,01, total impurities excluding Fe max. 0,2.
Table 14 — Scrap — Composition

(1 of 4)

Others Characteristics
Element Cu Al As Bi Fe Ni P Pb Sn Zn
Symbol Number total
Production electrolytic copper scrap consisting

min. 99,90a — — — — — — — — — — of scrap from processing (wire), extrusion
S-Cu-1 CS026A
max. — — — 0,000 5 — — 0,001 0,005 — — — discards and discarded material from electrical
lines (connection bars, wire, cable etc.)
min. 99,90a — — — — — — — — — — Old electrolytic copper scrap consisting of wire

S-Cu-2 CS027A
max. — — — 0,000 5 — — 0,001 0,005 — — — (not burned) and connection bars.
min. 99,90a — — — — — — — — — — Production copper scrap consisting of
S-Cu-3 CS028A
max. — — — 0,000 5 — — 0,001 0,005 — — — enamelled wire.
min. 99,90a — — — — — — — — — — Production copper scrap consisting of tubes,
S-Cu-4 CS029A
max. — — — — — — 0,06 0,005 — — — strips, plates, discs and extrusion discards.
min. 99,90a — — — — — — — — — — Old copper scrap consisting of tubes, strips,
S-Cu-5 CS030A
max. — — — — — — 0,06 0,005 — — — plates, discs and extrusion discards.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
min. 99,7b — — — — — — — — — — Old copper scrap consisting of burned but not

S-Cu-6 CS051B
max. — 0,02 — 0,000 5 0,04 0,01 0,001 0,04 0,04 0,04 — brittle wire and cuttings.
52
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 14 (2 of 4)

Symbol Number total
Old copper scrap consisting of tubes, punch-

min. 99,5b — — — — — — — — — —
S-Cu-7 CS052B ings, cuttings, shearings of strip, plates, discs,
max. — 0,05 0,005 — 0,05 0,02 0,06 0,1 0,06 0,05 —
copper ware and burned but not brittle wire.
Old copper scrap consisting of burned but not
min. 98c — — — — — — — — — —
S-Cu-8 CS053B brittle wire, cuttings, shearings of strip, plate,
max. — 0,05 — — 0,30 0,10 — 0,50 0,25 0,50 0,05
discs or tube and copper ware.
Old copper scrap consisting of wire, either
brittle or not, plate, copper ware and other
min. 96c — — — — — — — — — — forms, unclassifiable in any of the other types
S-Cu-9 CS054B
max. — 0,20 — — 0,50 0,20 — 1,50 0,50 1,50 0,1 defined [S-Cu-1 (CS026A) to S-Cu-8
(CS053B)] because of excessive metallic
impurities.
min. 99,90b — — — — — — — — — —
S-Cu-10A CS031A
max. — 0,002 — 0,000 5 0,002 0,002 0,001 0,005 0,002 0,002 —
min. 99,8b — — — — — — — — — —
S-Cu-10B CS055B
max. — 0,02 — 0,000 5 0,02 0,02 0,002 0,02 0,02 0,02 — Copper wire, either coated or uncoated, that
min. 98,5b — — — — — — — — — — has been granulated.

S-Cu-10C CS056B
max. — 0,05 — 0,002 0,1 0,1 0,002 0,8 0,25 0,15 —
min. 97,5 — — — — — — — — — —
S-Cu-10D CS057B
max. — 0,1 — 0,002 0,2 0,2 0,002 1,0 0,5 0,3 —
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 14 (3 of 4)

Symbol Number total
min. 63,5 — — — — — — — — Rem. —

S-CuZn-1A CS510L
max. — 0,02 — — 0,05 0,3 — 0,05 0,1 — 0,1
min. 62 — — — — — — — — Rem. — Production brass scrap. Scrap may be from
S-CuZn-1B CS511L
max. — 0,05 — — 0,1 0,3 — 0,1 0,1 — 0,1 individual wrought materials or combinations.
min. 59,5 — — — — — — — — Rem. —
S-CuZn-1C CS512L
max. — 0,05 — — 0,2 0,3 — 0,3 0,2 — 0,2
min. 69 — — — — — — — — Rem. —
S-CuZn-2 CS513L Brass scrap in the form of shell cases.
max. — 0,02 — — 0,05 0,3 — 0,05 0,1 — 0,1
min. 69 — — — — — — — — Rem. —
S-CuZn-3 CS514L Brass scrap in the form of cartridge cases.
max. — 0,02 — — 0,05 0,3 — 0,05 0,1 — 0,1
min. 57 — — — — — — — — Rem. —
S-CuZn-4A CS625N Leaded brass scrap consisting of rods,
max. — 0,05 — — 0,3 0,3 — 3,5d 0,3 — 0,2
extrusion discards and cuttings or from cold- or
min. 57 — — — — — — — — Rem. — hot-forming processes (not casting).
S-CuZn-4B CS626N
max. — 0,1 — — 0,4 0,3 — 3,5d 0,5 — 0,2
min. 57 — — — — — — — — Rem. —
S-CuZn-5A CS627N
max. — 0,05 — — 0,3 0,3 — 3,5d 0,3 — 0,2 Leaded brass turnings, no filings and
min. 57 — — — — — — — — Rem. — grindings.
S-CuZn-5B CS628N
max. — 0,1 — — 0,4 0,3 — 3,5d 0,5 — 0,2
min. 57 — — — — — — — — Rem. —
S-CuZn-6 CS629N Mixed brass valves and taps.
max. — 0,4e — — 0,6e 0,5e — 3,5d 0,6e — 0,4e
Brass scrap from various sources including
min. 57 — — — — — — — — Rem. —
S-CuZn-7 CS630N brass castings, rolled brass, brass rod
max. — 0,3e — — 0,6e 0,5e — 3,5d 0,7e — 0,2e
including plated material.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
54
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 14 (4 of 4)

Material designation Others
Element Cu Al As Bi Fe Ni P Pb Sn Zn Characteristics
total
Symbol Number
S-CuNi10Fe1Mn CS352H CuNi10Fe1Mn (CW352H)
S-CuNi30Fe2Mn2 CS353H CuNi30Fe2Mn2 (CW353H)
S-CuNi30Mn1Fe CS354H Permitted materials, CuNi30Mn1Fe (CW354H) Open ended condenser tube scrap of a
composition see
S-CuZn20Al2As CS702R CuZn20Al2As (CW702R) single composition.
Tables 4 and 9
S-CuZn28Sn1As CS706R CuZn28Sn1As (CW706R)
S-CuZn30As CS707R CuZn30As (CW707R)
NOTE For detailed characteristics, condition and moisture content see EN 12861:1999.
a Including Ag up to 0,015%. Other elements shall not exceed 0,002 % each.

b Including Ag up to 0,015% and O up to 0,06 %. Other elements shall not exceed 0,002 % each.
c Including Ag up to 0,015 % and O up to 0,06 %.
d In the case of CuZn38Pb4 (CW609N) Pb max. 4,2 %.
e Sum of Al + Fe + Ni + Sn + others total = max. 1,7 %.

7541014/10787806875Biblio
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 15.1 — Class AG: silver brazing filler metals standardised by CEN/TC 121
Composition in %
(mass fraction)
CEN/TC 121 CEN/TC 133 Ag Cu Zn Cda Others
min. min. min. min. min.

Symbol EN ISO 3677:1995 Symbol Number
max. max. max. max. max.
AG 106 B-Cu36AgZnSn-630/730 — CF229E 33,0 35,0 25,5 — Sn 2,0

35,0 37,0 29,5 3,0
AG 107 B-Cu36ZnAgSn-665/755 — CF739R 29,0 35,0 30,0 — Sn 1,5
31,0 37,0 34,0 2,5
AG 108 B-Cu40ZnAgSn-680/760 — CF740R 24,0 39,0 31,0 — Sn 1,5
26,0 41,0 35,0 2,5
AG 204 B-Cu38ZnAg-680/765 — CF738R 29,0 37,0 30,0 — —
31,0 39,0 34,0
AG 205 B-Cu40ZnAg-700/790 — CF741R 24,0 39,0 33,0 — —
26,0 41,0 37,0
AG 206 B-Cu44ZnAg(Si)-690/810 — CF742R 19,0 43,0 34,0 — Si 0,05
21,0 45,0 38,0 0,25
13,0 49,0 42,0 0,25
6,0 56,0 42,0 0,25
AG 307 B-Cu30ZnAgCd-605/720 — CF737R 24,0 29,0 25,5 15,5 —
26,0 31,0 29,5 19,5
AG 308 B-Cu36ZnAgCd(Si)-610/750 — CF736R 20,0 34,5 24,5 14,5 Si 0,3
22,0 36,5 28,5 18,5 0,7
AG 309 B-Cu40ZnAgCd-605/765 — CF735R 19,0 39,0 23,0 13,0 —
21,0 41,0 27,0 17,0
AG 503 B-Cu38AgZnMnNi-680/630 — CF228E 26,0 37,0 18,0 Mn 8,5
—
28,0 39,0 22,0 10,5
Ni 5,0
6,0
NOTE Maximum impurity limits applicable to all types are (% by mass) Al 0,001, Bi 0,030, Cdb 0,030, P 0,008, Pb 0,025,
Sib 0,05; total of all impurities 0,15, total of all impurities for AG 503: 0,30.
a Any national requirements for exposure to cadmium fume have to be observed.
b Unless otherwise specified.

7541014/10787806875Biblio
56
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 15.2 — Class CP: copper-phosphorus brazing filler metals standardised by CEN/TC 121
Composition in %
(mass fraction)
CEN/TC 121 CEN/TC 133 Cu P Ag Other
EN ISO 3677:1995 min. min. min.
Symbol Symbol Number
Code max. max. max.
6,6 17,0
CP 101 B-Cu75AgP-645 — CF238E —
7,5 19,0
4,7 14,5
CP 102 B-Cu80AgP-645/800 — CF237E —
5,3 15,5
7,0 5,5 Ni 0,05
CP 103 B-Cu87PAg(Ni)-645/725 — CF225E
7,6 6,5 0,15
5,7 4,5
CP 104 B-Cu89PAg-645/815 — CF224E —
6,3 5,5
5,9 1,5
Remainder
CP 105 B-Cu92PAg-645/825 — CF223E —
6,7 2,5
7,5
CP 201 B-Cu92P-710/770 CuP8 CF222E — —
8,1
6,6
CP 202 B-Cu93P-710/820 — CF221E — —
7,4
5,9
CP 203 B-Cu94P-710/890 — CF220E — —
6,5
5,6 Sb 1,8
CP 301 B-Cu92PSb-690/825 — CF226E —
6,4 2,2
6,4 Sn 6,5
CP 302 B-Cu86SnP-650/700 — CF227E —
7,2 7,5
NOTE 1 Maximum impurity limits applicable to all types are (% by mass) Al 0,01, Bi 0,030, Cd 0,025, Pb 0,023, Zn 0,05,
Zn + Cd 0,05; total of all impurities 0,25.
NOTE 2 These filler metals should never be used on ferrous metals, nickel alloys or copper alloys containing nickel.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 15.3 — Class CU: copper brazing filler metals — Series CU 100 and
CU 200 standardised by CEN/TC 121
Composition in %
(mass fraction)
Cu Total impurity
CEN/TC 121 CEN/TC 133 Sn Ag Ni P B
(including Ag) limits
EN ISO 3677:1995 Number min. min. min. min. min. min.
Symbol
Code (Symbol) max. max. max. max. max. max. max.
99,90 — — — — — 0,04
CU 101 B-Cu100-1085 CF032A (excluding
O and Ag)
99,95 — — — — — 0,03
CU 102 B-Cu100-1085 CF033A
(excluding Ag)
99,00 — — — — — 0,030
CU 103 B-Cu99-1085 CF010A
(excluding O)
99,90 — — — 0,015 — 0,060
CU 104 B-Cu100(P)-1085 CF034A 0,040 (excluding Ag,
As and Ni)
Remainder — — 2,5 — 0,02 0,15
CU 105 B-Cu97Ni(B)-1085/1100 CF125C
3,5 0,05 (excluding Ag)
Remainder — 0,8 — — — 0,3
CU 106 B-Cu99(Ag)-1070/1080 CF126C 1,2 (including
Bi 0,1 max.)
Remainder 5,5 — — 0,01 — Al 0,005,
CU 201 B-Cu94Sn(P)-910/1040 CF462K 7,0 0,40 Cd 0,025,
Pb 0,02,
Remainder 11,0 — — 0,01 — Zn 0,05,
CF461K others 0,1;
CU 202 B-Cu88Sn(P)-825/990 13,0 0,40
(CuSn12) total 0,4
Table 15.4 — Class CU: copper brazing filler metals — Series Cu 300 standardised by CEN/TC 121
Composition in %
(mass fraction)
CEN/TC 121 CEN/TC 133 Cu Zn Sn Si Mn Ni
EN ISO 3677:1995 min. min. min. min. min.

Symbol Symbol Number
Code max. max. max. max. max.
58,5 — 0,2 — —
CU 301 B-Cu60Zn(Si)-875/895 CuZn40Si CF724R
61,5 0,2 0,4
58,5 0,2 0,2 — —
CU 302 B-Cu60Zn(Sn)(Si)-875/895 CuZn40SiSn CF725R
61,5 0,5 0,4

Remainder
58,5 — 0,15 0,05 —

CU 303 B-Cu60Zn(Si)(Mn)-870/900 CuZn40MnSi CF726R
61,5 0,2 0,4 0,25
58,5 0,2 0,15 0,05 —
CU 304 B-Cu60Zn(Sn)(Si)(Mn)-870/900 CuZn40MnSiSn CF727R
61,5 0,5 0,4 0,25
46,0 — 0,15 — 8,0
CU 305 B-Cu48ZnNi(Si)-890/920 CuNi10Zn42 CF411J
50,0 0,2 0,4 0,2 11,0
56,0 0,5 0,1 0,2 0,2
CU 306 B-Cu59ZnSn(Ni)(Mn)(Si)-870/890 CuZn40Sn1MnNiSi CF731R
7541014/10787806875Biblio
62,0 1,5 0,5 1,0 1,5

NOTE Maximum impurity limits applicable to all types are (% by mass) Al 0,001, As 0,01, Bi 0,01, Cd 0,025, Fe 0,25,
Pb 0,02, Sb 0,01; total impurities excluding Fe: 0,2.
58
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Table 16 — Composition of copper alloys, standardised by CLC/TC 9X

Others
Symbol Number Element Cu Cd Mg P Sn
total
min. Rem. — 0,1 — —

CuMg0,2 CW127C 0,1
max. — — 0,3 0,01 —
min. Rem. — 0,4 — —
CuMg0,5 CW128C 0,1
max. — — 0,7 0,01 —
min. Rem. — — — 0,15
CuSn0,2 CW129C 0,1
max. — — — — 0,55
min. Rem. 0,5 — — —
CuCd0,7 CW130C 0,1
max. — 0,8 — — —
min. Rem. 0,8 — — —
CuCd1,0 CW131C 0,1
max. — 1,2 — — —
7541014/10787806875Biblio
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
Bibliography
[1] EN 1057:2006+A1:2010, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round copper tubes for water and gas in
sanitary and heating applications
[2] EN 1172:2011, Copper and copper alloys — Sheet and strip for building purposes
[3] EN 1412:1995, Copper and copper alloys — European numbering system
[4] EN 1652:1997, Copper and copper alloys — Plate, sheet, strip and circles for general purposes
[5] EN 1653:1997, Copper and copper alloys — Plate, sheet and circles for boilers, pressure vessels and hot
water storage units
[6] EN 1654:1997, Copper and copper alloys — Strip for springs and connectors
[7] EN 1758:1997, Copper and copper alloys — Strip for lead frames
[8] EN 1977:1998, Copper and copper alloys — Copper drawing stock (wire rod)
[9] EN 1978:1998, Copper and copper alloys — Copper cathodes
[10] EN 1981:2003, Copper and copper alloys — Master alloys
[11] EN 12163:2011, Copper and copper alloys — Rod for general purposes
[12] EN 12164:2011, Copper and copper alloys — Rod for free machining purposes
[13] EN 12165:2011, Copper and copper alloys — Wrought and unwrought forging stock
[14] EN 12166:2011, Copper and copper alloys — Wire for general purposes
[15] EN 12167:2011, Copper and copper alloys — Profiles and rectangular bar for general purposes
[16] EN 12168:2011, Copper and copper alloys — Hollow rod for free machining purposes
[17] EN 12420:1999, Copper and copper alloys — Forgings
[18] EN 12449:2012, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round tubes for general purposes
[19] EN 12450:2012, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round copper capillary tubes
[20] EN 12451:2012, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round tubes for heat exchangers
[21] EN 12452:2012, Copper and copper alloys — Rolled, finned, seamless tubes for heat exchangers
[22] EN 12735-1:2010, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round copper tubes for air conditioning and
refrigeration — Part 1: Tubes for piping systems
[23] EN 12735-2:2010, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round copper tubes for air conditioning and
refrigeration — Part 2: Tubes for equipment
[24] EN 12861:1999, Copper and copper alloys — Scrap

7541014/10787806875Biblio
[25] EN 13148:2010, Copper and copper alloys — Hot-dip tinned strip
[26] EN 13347:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Rod and wire for welding and braze welding
60
CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)
[27] EN 13348:2008, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round copper tubes for medical gases or vacuum
[28] EN 13349:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Pre-insulated copper tubes with solid covering
[29] EN 13599:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Copper plate, sheet and strip for electrical purposes
[30] EN 13600:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless copper tubes for electrical purposes
[31] EN 13601:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Copper rod, bar and wire for general electrical purposes
[32] EN 13602:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Drawn, round copper wire for the manufacture of electrical
conductors
[33] EN 13604:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Products of high conductivity copper for electronic tubes,
semiconductor devices and vacuum applications
[34] EN 13605:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Copper profiles and profiled wire for electrical purposes
[35] EN 14436:2004, Copper and copper alloys — Electrolytically tinned strip
[36] EN 50149:2001, Railway applications — Fixed installations — Electric traction — Copper and copper alloy
grooved contact wires
[37] EN ISO 17672:2010, Brazing — Filler metals (ISO 17672:2010)
[38] EN ISO 3677:1995, Filler metal for soft soldering, brazing and braze welding — Designation
(ISO 3677:1992);
[39] ISO 1190-1:1982, Copper and copper alloys — Code of designation — Part 1: Designation of materials
[40] CR 12776:1997, Copper and copper alloys — Provisions and procedures for the allocation of material
numbers and registration of materials
7541014/10787806875Biblio
This first edition of DIN Handbook 456/1 is part of the newly published
“Copper” DIN Handbook series containing standards for copper and
copper alloys used in a wide range of industrial applications.
The series comprises three volumes:

DIN Handbook 456/1 Copper 1 – Basic standards – Testing standards
DIN Handbook 456/2 Copper 2 – Standards on rolled products and

tubes
DIN Handbook 456/3 Copper 3 – Standards on bars, wire, profiles,

castings, forgings
The present volume contains includes 17 essential basic and testing
standards (DIN EN), as well as product standards covering refined copper,
master alloys and scrap. One prestandard, DIN CEN/TS 13388
(DIN SPEC 9700), is also included in this volume.
The “Copper” DIN Handbook series is an indispensable work of reference

for all concerned with the production, processing and use of copper and
copper alloys.
7541014/10787806875Biblio
ISBN 978-3-410-25354-9 www.beuth.de
Copper 1 : Basic 9 7 8 3Testing

standards 4 1 0standards,
2 5 3edited
5 4 by
9 e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211.

DIN Handbook 456-1

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

DIN Handbook 456-1

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

MATERIALS

DIN Handbook 456/1

© 2015 Beuth Verlag GmbH

Phone: +49 30 2601-0

1st edition in English

Berlin, February 2015 DIN Translation Services

Which DIN Standards are available in English?

What are DIN Standards?

DIN Standards can be either national standards, or adoptions of European and/or

DIN EN (plus number, e.g. DIN EN 71)

DIN EN ISO (plus number, e.g. DIN EN ISO 306)

DIN SPEC (DIN Specification)

DIN Supplements give additional information on a DIN Standard (explanatory notes,

Document number Document number

DIN EN 723 DIN EN 12384

Document Date of Title

DIN EN 14977 2006-09 Copper and copper alloys – Detection of tensile

DIN EN 16090 2012-02 Copper and copper alloys – Estimation of average

Document Date of Title

for heat exchangers

Document Date of Title

Bars and wire

Ingots and castings

Standards ... and more

Phone: +49 30 2601-0

Carbon * Copper tubes * Determination of Copper alloys * Castings * Copper

Copper * Copper alloys * Round wire *

DIN EN 16090 Determination of content * Carbon * Cop-

Heat exchangers * Testing * Copper * Cop- Testing * Copper * Copper alloys *

Copper and copper alloys –

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen –

Document comprises 14 pages

Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing

This standard differs from DIN EN 723:1996-10 as follows:

a) The accuracy of the method has been improved.

DIN EN 723: 1996-10

ICS 77.150.30 Supersedes EN 723:1996

Copper and copper alloys - Combustion method for

This European Standard was approved by CEN on 19 March 2009.

EUROPEAN COMMITTEE FOR STANDARDIZATION

Management Centre: Avenue Marnix 17, B-1000 Brussels

This document supersedes EN 723:1996.

 improvement of the accuracy of the method;

 extension of the scope of the standard to fittings of copper alloys;

[Method using tetrabutylammonium hydroxide (HTBA) and Method of determination by measurement of

 change of Clause 2 "Normative References" into "Bibliography" with renumbering.

2 Terms and definitions

EXAMPLE Organic compounds: oils, greases, etc.

4 Preparation of samples and test pieces

4.1 Preparatory procedures

a) metal cutting tool shall be free from protective paint;

4.1.2 Residual carbon content

a) prepare samples (see 4.2);

4.1.3 Total carbon content

a) prepare samples (see 4.2);

4.1.4 Potential carbon content

4.2 Preparation of samples

4.3 Cleaning of sample surfaces

4.3.1 Cleaning of inner surface of sample

4.3.2 Cleaning of outer surface of sample

4.3.2.2 Chemical cleaning

a) For annealed tubes only:

This method shall be used for reference testing.

b) For tubes or fittings: